Skip to main content

Full text of "The Nautilus"

See other formats 


ase; 


Ty 


becraeterrs 


ps 


x= 


en 


“yah 


pine ig A ao Poe 
a la, rag 


TE 


Pera Pils 


A QUARTERLY JOURNAL 
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS 
OF CONCHOLOGISTS 


VOLW a1! 
JOLY (1957 to: APRIL, 1938 


EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS 


HENRY A. PILSBRY 
Curator of the Department of Mollusks and Marine Invertebrates, 
Academy of Natural Sciences 
H. BURRINGTON BAKER 


Associate Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania 
PHILADELPHIA, PA, 


THE SCIENCE PRESS PRINTING CO. 
LANCASTER, PA. 


CONTENTS 


Names of new genera and species in italics 


PCE apis Hetrreola: OMMNER horse ts lunes Ra sch skecinsiisenic 107 
OTT CaS or (0 RTE OF 10) el nie AM COU ali eg eee er 116 
Alabama, mollusks of a palmetto pasture 0.00... 105 
monerican) Malacolomical Umi: seo lit) ktscncgieneselbieedncs. 68 
Buguispire rugoderma HWubrichty 30g. deine io pidnctnennton. 131 
Anodonta cataracta Say, erowsil Of: 3.2. cihcscsstsssoihanmsiancnlaatan 134 
mechachatina margmate ((SWe)s ack. ane 33 
LET TTI AG Sar PRL CNR ER Ee eon SOULE Re eee ee 37 
_SNELIGU'ES TPC SONS Ute Nel toMy OE Nt Ga MEAGRE RUEER PRGURU RACER HERE eR oe eg ice Ae 118 
Barlamrulrus dealbateus Gomest CUCv ts .ceccccscigeserseeneesnsctsctenttnenretssiesecbietbe 18 
Callistochiton conmelleyt Willett ...cc.scccccecsssccssssssccsssssssssssssssssssssssssessssnsssees 25 
Garychimm: pere nig wun, We CBI a ce seesciesntecscrerscncorecseeShisbaebesteates 128 
Cassis madagascariensis Liam., £000 Of on ccceecccsssssssssussessussssnnssesnnsseie 34 
erro ReRnoOnaiie, len. 2. BAIA Ok te ek ee ee a et 20 
CGE TLIDL TEE O1 (11 an ae DR Re ee RI area ee Oe CR ne 19 
RETA CLOGIUT LONE 107 ily. Se ties iesd va OMe a RN Re een ode 22 
Memon plevensonw Dalles ic che 8 ee CR alee a bane, 23 
mama sinuasa firma Pi Me is Sood a Eo lst 76 
MeerHIN AG LOT RUOTIOS. hn Ween eed Wel ok) | Baas 73, 143 
EN ETE DE ga 1 1 90) age oT OVAL RUE REE OR EEO 8 
urcuius shrophorus M. Sm. vee 67 
LEDIIIOWG TNS TIT 1s AMM 22). Rn RT ee a EO PR 3 
CADETS FCO BE 9 IC ER Toe A A RRO RP OL 3 
Cypraeidae from Central Pacific island .......cccccccccscccssssssssssssssnsesensie 1 
Dinetropis harringtont Pils, & CK oe ek aa ee le 25 
Mryimdeus Pusaeasians Pus syle 3 Le ilk Oi tet 33 
Hehinochama arcinella cornuta Conre ....cccccccccosccscsscsscssnsinesnssnesnene 19 
TT CCUre MT ATT ETE] Ea Gc; | amet Oe Re eT ee ee 89 
Epiphragmophora Doering o..ccccccccccsssssccsscssssesee dba beded Vk wh. 24 
Morphragmophora orcuttl Bartsely ....0...5.45.5..008. lagen aanasdack 33 
Beer e WGN COARbry, 5, oisic.s sucidees eiunsclibenr erodes bieandeteed + 
Pepieonitmmicochiles Sow. ..ccohcsilice lalate ehtiote, ida cdalunaciaadten 67 
PEPE Ue HUSLENGS: SEL GEFOME OE occ cccctecasearcosonscrbtaziacdbtevpesintsbrtee settler 33 
lll 


iv THE NAUTILUS 


Miornias,. Dertiary.mollusksof 02) Sook ees 65, 88 
GJonmibaSis Cipasie Mae ag eh a I ae 91 
Gace Aaa es BP a acs cles stone Meee eee 144 
Guroulus partersom: ©. BEre. ws Ee eee 129 
Helminthoglypta arrosa mattolensis A. GQ. Sm. oocccccccseccsseceeseeenenee 83 
Helminthoglypta arrosa pomoenstis A. Ge Sm. oiececccceccssscssscsssnneeseeee 81 
Helminthoglypta arrosa williams A. Ge Se iccccccccccecsecsesssssssseeseeeeee 79 
Hchminthorlypta ayresiana Ne. 2.22005 eee ee 71 
Helminthoglypta califormiensis Lea o..ssecssescsssssssssnesssnsenenssssssssesnesee 36 
Helnthorlypia carpenteri Ne, 20.0.2. eee 10 
Helminthoglypta cwyama Hanna & Smith occ ccecccscssssessssnsesneeennee 15 
Helminthoglypta hertleini Hamma & Smith ec ccccsscssssesssemuecemneee 16 
Helminthoglypta similans Hanma & Smith on.cceccccccccssssssssssssssenseeenee 13 
Hiciminthogiypia sonoma Pils, . 1.5 oto ccc tdi eee ee ee 35 
Helminthoglypta traskt mistomd Chace -..ccccccccccccssccsscsssnsrienseenssesnseee 60 
Helminthoglypta tudiculata rex Ch. & Sr. ecccccccccccssecsssssessssnnseennsesonee 119 
eles: badia Were ese eek 27 
Helix iacten Moll. im Amerigay 020 54 st ee ae 132 
Helix pomatia in Jackson, Mich: «0.02. ns R eee 61 
TEE GEPNOR, SP TUNIS 6.505 co An sp tetanic ee ree 97 
Hygromia:striolata ©. Pit. cb 137 
Tiyanassa floridana Mo Sim.) 2.203.460. ache 89 
Lntorin. mintmia WOO | ounces chcincncn vita a 113 
yore!) Giastel cine ansaid ed 115 
Loripinus schrammi (Crse) 3005.3 liad eee eG ee 65 
Lymnaea palustris nuttaliama Lea oe ssesssssmessesstncennsensetne 72 
Maury, Miss Carlotia. Joaquinay 2. icc. be ee 143 
Menetus kansasensis F.C. Dkr. 22. le eee 129 
Micrarionta har pert orcuttiand Barth ..ccccccccccsscsssssscssssseesnseeennseesnee 33 
Metra. compsa: M. Sri cco at He eae ee 90 
Monadenia fidelis Klamathicd Berry ..1.::cccceccsscccsseessesessncesieessssssinessnseeesee 31 
Monadenia fideles Leomame, Berry ii. cicsitcsocsssneticsssntconedanesdesouctaue 29 
Monadenia fidelis ochrompMalws Berry. -.:cccosccvcvsecssesscesnsseesersnennssee 28 
Monadenia semialha Hend. 2... ee 63 
Morum macginiys M. Sm. ..5-i8) 3 ee 67 
Wires giypias Me Sim. co ee ee 89 
Murex heragonus oxytata M. Bm. 0c on ee 89 


Mberes- ane genigs MSPS a aD eel te 88 


THE NAUTILUS Vv 


CANT OME ON TOMEIUO: Wc STN Gh. oy, ute sche scree otal beslacucedcida desde 66 
BAPE ITAA cVAT IME EN COLOR. OD kee sckathartesecedpvesticsssnscccsvantsctatostisuntccbbcntetc 39 
LEE ear SCT Gr 70) Bee le nee 55 
ORG TT GO re SEAM BE AO Er 111 
MPMEHIGIUGAS, MOMENCLAGUIE OF 2. wceieestucteessedentncconaatiitaelslectctscnssanntsntues 85 
TON CORT TOTP ORS UH 01 1 dialer REA COIR R  e 5 
{DELS Cover Ne (6 Le! B10) Wa a ae 6 
Walia montereyensis DAL scp. cb ite dtm nee shor ici oe 6 
i palia prempert artsehi 50). ek Pa Ed Oe ols ea 7 
Winalianwroplewskil. Moreh (ii sooo Je) eile Ue 5 
Pacific Shells, extended ranges Of o...cccccccsccssssesssssssusssnesneenee 100, 122 
LDC TEN CORP Tern ATO TS G1 [3 EME MOIROU ACE CAREERS Nr ROTO LC EDP a 144 
Set etb a ERCTNIS: COG POY ie. 60 ssec.stnherseaidariel atest onenntecedueln tania 118 
ETE RIATING CEUUA COUN VADER Li ss acioestscosretscesssceslatiotseeseddtoActcbdiensebsoeuaioouede 112 
PASI DULCUIN itis te tet oe do ae cae ath 90 
IELTS 1 2 6 lid 0 8 C2 <2) ga eee ek ed Ov 88 
Pleurodonte puadeloupensis Pas cc ieccccccciscsccsictssseeencohdoneinesutadteies 27 
Pleurodonte guadeloupensis dominicana Pils. & Ckll. ............ 28, 34 
Pleurodonte guadeloupensis roseolabrum M. Smith ........0....0... 27 
J ELOV GIT TEA ATA 27 Balt (SD ae a ee ts MR ee 26 
LeU BOLOMIMIM eS: sDOUM ee 2a 5: 08.555 aki aica ts Wels. healt Routan esd ee 17 
Polygy ra appressd RUbrichts BY. cccssccsssscsssscssssssssessssnsssnessscesssnesinsessnes 23 
EO lyery. ra CHiN OWEEMSIS LIC WIS asssscccstisenecdienessestaletenddeconitsiectsprsieaeios 17 
PEs AMpA RT Ay PERE INSE AE TUUS 5S hoi sas cati ek natncsea toh varie fiacanestisananiv acct eae 18 
PeGhy OUPRUMPRDETEN VW KES Sosck edt. Od elie! ee ean tL a 17 
PU GULOAORCMNGNRG APCNCE 60 e lu ole  e ad aN 135 
Polyoyra. thyroidus (Say), Hie istry isc sscccccscscsslinccuinntincne 50 
Pseudochama radians variegata Rve. .....cccccscccssssssssssssssnssnssessnseseee cit 
OLDEN) C1 SU EDOLIEES flO) 22! oh aha Pn Ect ota 35 
Rissoa bermudezi Aguayo & Rehder ouc.ccccccecsccsssssssssesssssssssssusessnsesens 35 
RpERe ECON NTNO ect atten ch RUE ON fae h oa 141 
Santo Domingo, Marine Molusks OF (os. ciccccd:sincntdesinusscsasstsaninnnciein 109 
Say’s American Conchology, motes OW .vcccccscssnsccscsscneeine 43, 91, 140 
ORS STS 97152 ng A ee Ce 6 
Senet” DICUT OCOSbALS, OPTS cesses iacstsctetd ate aeclaacaiyienedctened eaescia: 6 
Solaropsis gibboni fairchildi Beg. & CD. cccccccvscscvsvscssvsnsntsesntnes 115 
Spissula solidissima peninsulae M. SM. ...ccccccscscssssscssnsvsvivsvsrticveve 65 


eo LL) CEST (0,070 en ace eS 38 


vi THE NAUTILUS 


Strobilops sparsicostata B.C. Baker 2.002005) cacienabnetcnee 127 
Walt, RODE cancel ne le ae et RL Aa ee A 142 
Dellana cata: MS rns 3) ek os eee NU ae mae ee aa dn nee eae 66 
Pellona werrayae Mi. Si i les ea a ne 66 
Terebra fammea Tam. i2g00..4A0e een ee en eee 114 
Trochonanina, type Of 20h h onthe ee ee eee 104 
Turbo castaneus tara MOSm,. 0.006 eee 66 
Larbonillasicogsbergt: Strong «..iccs..cncaosd cee eet ee 54 
Merigomibpar ds E.Cs BRE? ici. iccselcusta cetera nem ean ane 126 
Wenophora, an Mmsect) MIMIC OL, ....1.:.:c.:c5.s seit ee eee 105 


DRestA; LY De OL hace ha onedi dacds hetjnnld Geen 104 


INDEX OF AUTHORS 


ETRE SM Os UU Ge ESS Sealed ake CTL cen Oo rrr 
JY SLIVER 96 U5 2 DE EE ENS | SARE GR AUPE Re EAR A Tt 59, 105, 
“EAD USEISUS Ig 171.2) OA RA TUR Ee oe oA to AR ee 23, 
TESD LAS] EA Ss Lagos 12771 7 RR ve nc ee ene OO 85, 
LESS SI C1CL 77 AV NOSES Saat A AO GM ROE are Ean oe 33, 
[SVR TID STs RE) (0S USI RS SOY le ae nC ae A eR SUE eT 34, 
TE SEES ahs TUTTO RAs es ec OR RO ee ee EO 
NWS RETA TMS PGT (01 | AeA oR OP ge RA RP RR OTE 
Bp trees eas ins era A A Sala nN A eC a Atk 
“JERSE aed BATT tea I OS eee OR ee ETL ON 
SLIT GSS ETI TIRES RR Rat a ete ae eae eee 17, 18) 19, 34. 109. 
UT) 2 ere) A bMS REE a tc RO 24, 33, 35, 71, 
LONE 7 CT CHS UPA cy | ne a OR OE en 63, 72, 100, 
Poiee MUnmrat ate re Ore i ek iu) ele i 
2 ARE BLL) A ORM CRG RO SA am ar FU on  RTN 
CSET ACE SRE CETTE MRE AEE PRS TOT eo No eae 
JESR a (GLAD STE ASE Sle ee aoe ORO ECO VL CRE 
1 SUS dria SN C2 AON SE VSIA Lae Ie Rn RRR OA A 
LE: DAS) s 0 5 SS ak ES sa A ORES ereaee ae Rae re Pe OR RU aR OE ee 
LUTE CEST o) TAR (eS) CROP OS RR IRIN COPPER SOE Atk CREED te POR 
Pee MoS WV VIM AT NATUR 8h nae ot eat UNN cat i ROA. 
LLTPEIT RTA Bees LET 5 SDR Rr IE ERT SO APU SMMC 34, 
1 TEES TT 7 A BRAT A OM TE 
TEE LUTC121 0) 1 UIE RRS AO aN Rae UN TR en A RY BO Re 
Plt 0 agi) 2 yal a A: Cd ae 24, 26, 33, 35, 37, 73, 
PIRI USN TS rhe SM CRI es (OY OTERO VOOR oe oe EONS AE REINO UE oe 
De TEC EOS BC Ves GS 8 ARS ARIE ae tas cai twee MO Pa ts ear 
LS] STS Fo/0y STEN Cy Ee TRE 8 (Ea 110 a RL EER 
LCUELECIZAS © OUT aC tT ZAPOAIN A EAB cae EI rE EEE oP mA OR 
SS CLETHL TS VANTTE GMT 6 ASR TSS AA Ov ON OE eR 10,279, 101, 
CETTE LEe Gol 2073) 1 EI RR RO Re nT Sn AU ean 65, 
JSD TERE VO [9 A GOES SRI ie St SACO NR ORT ee Ne eran RG EO 4, 
EP eV EERE Ne 28 si aestateseasettnstavncese dv teeacetdta ante d easbobande 
SSCL EPSTVOIRN 6 F311 ne 132, 
Lo EULESS ISS ce oe ee ee 43, 91, 
reer e i ea eT ke 


39 
135 
126 
104 

36 
115 

28 
143 

60 
119 
115 

a 
122 


[ J 
"het ae 
: eae ths if 


y a 
AY av 


Vol. 51 July, 1937 No. 1 


CYPRAEIDAE FROM CHRISTMAS, PALMYRA, 
WASHINGTON, AND FANNING 
ISLANDS 


BY WILLIAM MARCUS INGRAM 
University of Hawaii 


Christmas, Palmyra, Washington, and Fanning Islands are 
situated in the north equatorial region of the Pacific Ocean. This 
short chain of atolls has a northwest-southeast trend and is some- 
what parallel with the Hawaiian group, but about one thousand 
miles south of the latter and in close proximity to the equator. 

Of the four islands Christmas is the most eastern and also near- 
est the equator, being 1° 57’ N. Lat. and 157° 27’ W. Long. Pal- 
myra is the most northern and western with a position of 5° 49’ 4” 
N. Lat. and approximately 162° 11’ 30” W. Long. Fanning 
Island lies about 145 miles northwest of Christmas Island in lati- 
tude 30° 51’ 25”, and 66 miles northwest of Fanning is Washington 
Island with Palmyra 126 miles to the northwest of it. 

Very little information regarding this group of islands was 
available until recent times, and it has only been within the past 
few years that efforts have been made to carry out comprehensive 
scientific investigations of these typical mid-Pacific atolls. 

The earliest contribution to the biology of the islands of this 
group was made in 1877 by Dr. Thomas H. Streets and Dr. Wil- 
liam H. Jones, surgeons in the United States Navy. Their sys- 
tematic report is based on material collected during a survey of the 
islands of the North Pacific by the United States ship Portsmouth 
in 1873-741 It records 13 species of plants, 13 of birds, 36 of 
fishes, and 10 of crustaceans collected at Christmas, Palmyra, 


1 Streets, Thomas H., Contributions to the Natural History of the Ha- 
watian and Fanning Islands and Lower California, Bull. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 
No. 7, 1877. 


ast. “Oy 
mom YY 


2 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (1) 


Washington, and Fanning Islands. That a larger collection of 
invertebrate fauna was made at this time is indicated by Dr. 
Streets when he says, ‘‘ Excepting the crustaceans, the invertebrate 
portion of the collection is excluded from this bulletin’’ (foot- 
note, p. 7). 

The purpose of this paper is to record cowries from the waters 
about these islands, and to supplement and extend knowledge of 
the distribution of the family Cypraeidae in the Pacific. The 
records are based on specimens collected in 1924 by the Whippoor- 
will expedition from the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, 
Hawaii, and upon specimens from Palmyra in the author’s collec- 
tion. 

A total of twenty-six species is represented. Of this number 
all but six have also been reported from Hawaii.2 Apparently the 
most common species of cowries from these islands are Cypraea 
moneta Linnaeus, Cypraea intermedia Kiener, and Cypraea 
caput-serpentis, Linnaeus. 

Cypraea annulus Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1179, 1767. 

Cypraea arenosa Gray. Zool. Jour., i. p. 147, pl. 7, 12, f. 6, 1824. 

Cypraea caput-serpentis Linnaeus. Syst. Nat.,.p. 1175, 1767. 

Cypraea carneola Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1174, 1767. The 
specimens in the collections are uniformly small. This may be a 
racial character. 

Cypraea childreni Gray. Zool. Journal, vol. i, p. 518, 1824. 

Cypraea cicercula Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1181, 1767. 

Cypraea cruenta Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3420, 1790. 

Cypraea erosa Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1179, 1767. The shells 
of this species are of good size, and much lighter in the dorsal 
coloration than shells from nearby Samoa and Fiji. 

Cypraea fimbriata Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3420, 1790. 

Cypraea helvola Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1180, 1767. This 
common and widely distributed Indo-Pacific species varies geo- 
graphically in the intensity of its dorsal and ventral colorations. 
The variety from these islands is characterized by its deep orange 
base and margins. 

Cypraea intermedia Gray. Zool. Jour.,i, p. 77, 1824. 


2Ingram, William M., The Family Cypraeidae in the Hawaiian Islands, 
NAUTILUS, Jan., 1937. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 3 


Cypraea irrorata Solander. Zool. Jour., iv, p. 80, 1828. 

Cypraea isabella Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1177, 1767. This 
species is not uncommon. The dorsal surface is very light, and 
in most eases the characteristic black flecks on the dorsal surface 
are much reduced and light brown in color. The extremities are 
deep orange. 

Cypraea lynx Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767. 

Cypraea mauritiana Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., 1176, 1767. 

Cypraea moneta Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1178, 1767. 

Cypraea nucleus Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1181, 1767. 

Cypraea poraria Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1180, 1767. 

Cypraea punctulata Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3404, 1790. 

Cypraea reticulata Martyn. Universal Conch., pl. 15, 1782. 

Cypraea scurra Chemnitz. Conch., vol. x, pl. 144, p. 103, f. 
1338, 1788. 

Cypraea talpa Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1174, 1767. 

Cypraca testudinaria Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1173, 1767. 

Cypraea tigris Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p.1176,1767. The shells 
from these islands are small compared with the large, heavy shells 
from Tongatabu. 

Cypraeca vitellus Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767. 


A NEW WEST AMERICAN CONE 
BY PAUL BARTSCH 


CONUS SIGNAE, new species. Plate 2, figure 8. 


1849.. Conus cumingi Reeve, Conch. Icon. Suppl. pl. 8, f. 277. Not Conus 
cumingi Reeve, ibid., suppl. pl. 3, f. 282. 


Shell biconic, with the spire very depressed and concave. The 
Spire is brownish orange, blotched and variegated with white, 
while the body whorl is roseate with brownish suffusions and 
streaks of flesh color or white. A faint median pale zone is pres- 
ent. Nuclear whorls questionable. The shoulder of the whorls 
with a rounded thread at the periphery, crossed by rather strong, 
protractively curved lines of growth and numerous, very fine 
spiral lirations. The last whorl bears 20 or more slender spiral 
threads, which grow successively weaker from the base posteri- 
orly. The entire surface of the shell is marked by fine lines of 
growth and slender spiral lirations, with much finer, very wavy 
spiral striations, which give to the surface a beautiful silky tex- 
ture; interior white with a rosy flush. 


4 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (1) 


The specimen described and figured, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 37399, 
comes from Guaymas, and measures: Length 58 mm.; diameter 
30.5 mm. 

Another specimen, U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 23698, an even larger 
specimen, measuring: Length 65.5 mm.; diameter 38 mm., also 
comes from Guaymas. 

U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 111235 contains six tips from Panama; 
U.S.N.M. Cat. No. 96782, four tips from the U. S. Bureau 
of Fisheries Station 2837, off Cedros Island, 23 fathoms, on fine 
sand bottom, is believed to belong here. 

As my references cite, Reeve created a homonym of Conus 
cumingt when he bestowed that name upon the specimen from 
Salango ‘‘West Colombia.’’ Specimens from the Gulf of Cali- 
fornia and off the coast of Lower California seem to satisfy 
Reeve’s second description and figure, but it is possible that the 
Colombian form may be distinct. I am therefore describing the 
Lower Californian material as a distinet species with which 
Reeve’s homonym will probably prove to be conspecific. 


NOTES ON WEST COAST EPITONIIDAE 
BY A. M. STRONG 


The writer had occasion recently to study a number of speci- 
mens of Epitoniidae from Vancouver Island, British Columbia, 
and in connection with this work it was found that changes will 
have to be made in the nomenclature of some west coast species. 
Dall in his ‘‘Summary of the Marine Shellbearing Mollusks of 
the Northwest Coast of America’’! included two species under the 
subgenus Opalia H. & A. Adams, 1853, namely O. wroblewsku 
Morch, 1876, and O. evicta De Boury, 1919. 

The name S. wroblewskii was suggested by Morch for the shell 
which had previously gone under the name Scalaria borealis 
Gould, 1852, that name having been preoccupied by Beck in 1839. 
Grant has called attention? to the fact that Tapparone-Canefri 
had also suggested*® the name gouldi for this shell in a paper dated 


1 Bull. 112, U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1921, p. 113. 
2 Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., No. 43, 1932, p. 1064. 
3 Jour. de Conch., vol. 24, 1876, p. 154. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 5 


April 1, 1876 (not 1874 as stated). The paper by Morch to which 
Dall and Grant refer* was also dated 1876. Dr. Pilsbry in a re- 
cent letter states that the date on which the publication contain- 
ing the Morch paper was issued is not definitely known but that 
Moreh first suggested the new name in a Danish paper® presented 
in 1874 and published early in 1875. It therefore appears that 
the name wroblewski has clear priority though the date and ref- 
erence will have to be corrected. 

OPALIA WROBLEWSKII (PI. 2, fig. 10) is a northern shell not un- 
common at Vancouver Island and on the Alaskan coast. In im- 
mature specimens there are 8 to 10 strong varices, a strong basal 
keel and a distinct basal disk. Fully mature specimens, which 
reach a length of 35 mm. or more, have the lower whorls nearly 
smooth, with the basal keel faint and the base rounded. Exami- 
nation of a series of specimens from Forrester Island, Alaska, in 
the Willett collection, one of which is figured, show that a varying 
number of the upper whorls have a chalky outer layer which in 
the interspaces between the varices shows regular rows of micro- 
scopic punctations. This layer is rubbed off in beach-worn speci- 
mens and on the later whorls of the adult shell. 

OPALIA CHACEI, n. sp. (pl. 2, fig. 9). Closely related to the pre- 
ceding species, and in some collections confused with it, is a more 
southern shell which is somewhat smaller, heavier, and propor- 
tionately broader. The eight heavy varices continue over the 
body whorl to the well-defined basal disk at all stages of growth, 
and the punctation of the outer layer of the shell is distinct in 
well preserved specimens. This may take the name of Opalia 
chacet. The type, No. 1045, in the collection of the Los Angeles 
Museum, Los Angeles, California, was collected by HE. P. and E. 
M. Chace at Crescent City, California. It measures: length 28.3, 
maximum diameter 11.1 mm. Additional specimens were col- 
lected by Mr. and Mrs. Chace at Crescent City and on the coast 
of Mendocino County, California. The writer has collected speci- 
mens at Half Moon Bay, near San Francisco, and Mr. George 
Willett has dredged a specimen off Catalina Island. 


4 Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., ser. 3, vol. 8, 1876, p. 190. 
5 Videnskabelige Meddelelser fra den nat. i Kjobenhavn, Aaret 1874, 1875, 
p. 251. 


6 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (1) 


The type of Opalia is given by De Boury® as Scala australis 
Lamarck, Recent, Australia, and is well figured by Reeve.’ It is 
quite similar to O. chacei, having similar heavy varices and basal 
disk bounded by a cord. An examination of a fresh specimen in 
the collection of H. N. Lowe shows definite indications of a simi- 
lar punctate outer layer on the upper whorls. It would seem that 
this punctate outer layer should be considered one of the impor- 
tant systematic characters. 

Opauia EvicTa De Boury, 19198 (PI. 2, fig. 11, Forrester Island, 
Alaska, Willett coll.), is a new name for a shell referred to as 
Scalaria pleurocostata Carpenter by Stearns, Berry and Dall in 
his earlier writings. Specimens were undoubtedly so labeled by 
Carpenter, but do not seem to have ever been described by him. 
Dall attempted to validate the name in 1917° by a description but 
the name was preoccupied by De Boury in 1913. The shell is 
quite similar to O. chacei but only about half as large, with the 
first few whorls rapidly expanding and the later whorls more 
cylindrical, giving a more crowded appearance to the 8 or 10 
strong varices. The punctate surface of the outer layer of the 
shell is very distinct in fresh specimens. The specimens exam- 
ined came from Forrester Island, Alaska; Vancouver Island, 
British Columbia, and off Catalina Island, California. 

OPALIA MONTEREYENSIS (Dall), Pl. 2, fig. 12, described as Cir- 
sotrema montereyensis Dall,’° was described from a single speci- 
men, ‘‘probably young,’’ of five whorls, measuring 2.5 mm. in 
length. It has the punctate surface, 9 solid varices and a con- 
spicuous basal disk. The writer has a specimen dredged off Cata- 
lina Island which is very similar but with one more whorl and 
proportionally larger. It seems certain that this is the young of 
some species of Opalia and the only known species having similar 
apical whorls is O. evicta. In the absence of a satisfactory growth 
series it is impossible to make a positive statement but if this sup- 
position is correct the name O. evicta De Boury, 1919, will have 


6 Monog. Scalidae Viv. Fos., pt. 1, 1886, p. 26. 
7 Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 19, pl. 1, fig. 3. 

8 Jour. de Conch., vol. 64, 1919, p. 26. 

9 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 473. 
10 NAUTILUS, vol. 20, 1907, p. 28. 


el _ — 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 1 


to give way to O. montereyensis (Dall), 1907. The type, 110431 
U.S.N.M., from off Del Monte, Cal., in 25 fms., is figured, x 10. 
The type of Cursotrema is given by De Boury as Scala varicosa 
Lamarck, which is quite different from typical Opalia, to which 
this shell belongs. 

Dall placed four West Coast species in the subgenus Nodiscala 
De Boury™ and several species have since been added to the list.?? 
These all have the punctate surface and the basal disk but the 
varices are faint over the whorls, expanding to form cusps crenu- 
lating or pitting the sutures. The type of the subgenus Nodiscala 
is Scala bicarinata Sowerby according to De Boury. It is figured 
by Reeve" as a recent shell from the Philippines. The descrip- 
tion calls for a shell sculptured with obscure axial ribs and spiral 
grooves, the sutures pitted and the body whorl with two heavy 
spiral ridges. It would seem probable that the West Coast 
species are more nearly related to typical Opalia than to this 


species. 
OPALIA TREMPERI Bartsch“ is described as having faint axial 
ribs forming cusps in the sutures. ‘‘The entire surface of the 


spire is marked by narrow spiral cords. The spaces which sepa- 
rate these cords are crossed by numerous, very slender, axial 
' threads which give them a decidedly pitted appearance.’’ The 
figure shows the characteristic punctate surface though the punc- 
tations are larger than in the species previously mentioned. 
There is no indication of a basal disk or peripheral cord. As far 
as is known this species is represented in the collections only by 
the type specimen. It is not typical of Opalia nor does it agree 
in all ways with the species which have been placed in the sub- 
genus Nodiscala. 

The use of Opalia as a genus under which ¢an be grouped the 
species mentioned and probably a few other West Coast forms 
would give a more satisfactory arrangement than that used by 
Dall. This would make necessary a few changes in the writer’s 
“‘Key to the Subgenera of West Coast Epitoniidae,’’® but as 


11 Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 53, 1917, p. 474. 

12 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, No. 5, 1930, pp. 43, 46. 
13 Reeve, Conch. Icon., vol. 19, pl. 8, fig. 60. 

14 Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 70, 1927, p. 3, pl. 1, fig. 8. 

15 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 4th ser., vol. 19, No. 5, 1930, p. 42. 


8 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (1) 


many unfigured species remain to be investigated it is not at- 
tempted to do so at this time. Acknowledgment is made to Mr. 
George Willett of the Los Angeles Museum for the use of speci- 
mens, assistance in securing photographs and in the preparation 
of these notes. 


THE FAUNA OF THE “CHAMPLAIN SEA” 
OF VERMONT 


BY B. F. HOWELL 
Princeton University 
AND 
HORACE G. RICHARDS 
New Jersey State Museum 


The Pleistocene “Champlain Sea’’ has long been recognized in 
Vermont, and scattered references to its fauna can be found 
throughout the literature. Goldring,’ discussing the mollusks 
of this sea in New York State, gives numerous references to 
Vermont localities. 

During several brief field trips in the summers of 1933, 1934, 
and 1935, it was possible to visit most of the known Pleistocene 
fossil localities in the State of Vermont and to obtain material 


from them; in addition, numerous new localities were discovered 


and their fauna studied. Furthermore, fossils from the Pleisto- 
cene of Vermont were examined in the Museum at the University 
of Vermont in Burlington, and were borrowed from the Vermont 
Historical Society at Montpelier.” 

Deposits of the ‘‘Champlain Sea’’ are thought to be of late- 
Wisconsin age, and extend throughout the entire St. Lawrence 
Valley from the Gulf almost to Lake Ontario (Prescott, Ont.), 
as well as along various tributaries of the St. Lawrence, and south- 
ward into Lake Champlain. The extent of this sea has been well 
mapped by Goldring. In Vermont, fossil shells have been found 
as far south as Chimney Point. 


1 Goldring, Winifred: The Champlain Sea, N. Y. State Mus. Bull. 239-40, 
pp. 53-94 (1922). 

2These studies were made possible by funds from the Department of 
Geology of Princeton University and the Carnegie Institution of Wash- 
ington. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 9 


Fossils can be found at a great many places near the shores of 
Lake Champlain from Chimney Point to the Canadian border. 
An accurate list of localities would be of little use because most of 
these localities were of a temporary nature, and new material 
could easily be obtained from shallow excavations in the same 
vicinity. 

Fossils were collected near Alburgh, Isle La Motte, S. Hero, 
Grand Isle, Swanton, St. Albans, Colchester, Winooski, Malletts 
Bay, Charlotte, Vergennes, Panton, and Chimney Point. Those 
from the southern part of the lake suggest more brackish waters 
and at Chimney Point only Macoma balthica (l.) and Leda 
glacialis Wood were found. 

Probably the best collecting localities were a small clay pit 
about a mile and a half west of St. Albans on the road to St. 
Albans Bay; bluffs along the Missisquoi River east of Swanton, 
and bluffs on Isle La Motte, on the road to the Chazy Ferry. The 
locality at Malletts Bay, frequently mentioned in the literature, 
was not found to be very fruitful. 

A more complete study of the fauna with synonymy and detailed 
discussions of distribution, recent and Pleistocene, is to be pub- 
lished elsewhere. The following is the list of species examined 
by the writers from the Pleistocene of Vermont : 

Macoma balthica (Linné). Abundant at practically every 
locality: Alburgh, Isle La Motte, 8S. Hero, Grand Isle, Swanton, 
St. Albans, Colchester, Winooski, Malletts Bay, Charlotte, Ver- 
gennes, Panton, Chimney Point. 

Saxicava arctica Linné. Next to M. balthica the most abundant 
shell: Alburgh, Isle La Motte, S. Hero, Grand Isle, Swanton, St. 
Albans, Malletts Bay, Panton. 

Mya arenaria Linné. Alburgh, Isle La Motte, Colchester. 

Yoldia glacialis Wood. St. Albans, Malletts Bay, Chimney 
Point. 

Macoma calcarea (Gmelin). Swanton, Malletts Bay. 

Mytilus edulis Linné. Swanton, Isle La Motte (abundant), 8. 
Hero, St. Albans, Malletts Bay. 

Cryptodon gouldu Philippi. Malletts Bay. 

Cylichna alba (Brown). St. Albans. 


10 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (1) 


Balanus crenatus Bruguiére. Isle La Motte, Grand Isle, St. 
Albans, Burlington. 

A few other species have been reported in the literature: some 
are undoubtedly synonymous with certain of the species listed 
above. The presence of a few other species could not be verified, 
either from our field work or from the examination of the various 
collections, and therefore they are omitted here; they will, how- 
ever, be discussed in a later report. 


SOME NOTES ON AN OLD RACE OF CALIFORNIA 
LAND SNAIL WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF 
THREE NEW FORMS 


BY G. DALLAS HANNA anp ALLYN G. SMITH 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA CARPENTERI (Newcomb). Plate 1, figure a. 

This snail has long been imperfectly known, for good material 
has not been available for study and comparison with allied forms 
until the last few years. Because of the heat and consequent dry- 
ness of its habitat, H. carpenteri is a difficult shell to find in first- 
class adult condition. Although we have not examined them, 
Bartsch’ has no doubt correctly assigned specimens in the National 
Museum from Maricopa and McKittrick in western Kern County, 
California, to carpenteri. Recent collecting has resulted in many 
lots of this shell, which add so much to knowledge of it that the 
following notes may be of interest, especially to students of the 
traskw group. 

The shells are extremely variable in size, as a subsequent table 
of measurements shows, and we have good reason to suspect that 
this variability is due in large part to the variation in rainfall 
(and therefore in snail food) from season to season. The mea- 
surements also show, however, that the general form of the shell 
is remarkably constant. 

In life the shells are semi-polished, of a beautiful straw color. 
The dark brown band has one of pale cream color below, and 
another rather indefinite one of the same color above. Spiral 


sculpture is faint but easily detected on the last two whorls under 
a magnification of x 10 and is fairly uniform over the surface of 


1 Bartsch, Paul, Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. 51, No. 2170, 1916, pp. 617-8, pl. 
115, figs. 4-6. : 


ea Pe 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS a 


these whorls. The nucleus is not sharply differentiated from the 
remaining whorls; its sculpture consists (when most perfectly pre- 
served) of a series of tiny papillations, set on a background of 
silk-like radial lines of growth. Often neither one of these mark- 
ings is visible and at best they require excellent illumination and 
high magnification to be seen at all. 

Dead shells of carpenteri are strewn over the border of the val- 
ley floor and among the foothills on the west side of Fresno, 
Kings, and Kern Counties. Frequently they are found far 
removed from what would appear to be suitable snail cover. Liy- 
ing specimens have been found mostly in rock slides on north slopes 
but sometimes in rather exposed locations. Exposures of Etche- 
goin, Temblor, Tejon, and Cretaceous sandstones furnish the best 
cover. 

The coloration of the shell led us at one time to suspect that 
carpenteri might belong to the genus Micrarionta, but an exami- 
nation of the anatomy, shown in fig. 2, on page 14, indicates at 
once that it should be retained in Helminthoglypta. Even so, 
there are some striking features to the soft parts. The mantle is 
grayish-white in color with no other color markings of any kind. 
The mucous gland is double and located in a membranous sae that 
permits evagination of the organ, at least in part. The details 
of the genitalia are believed to be sufficiently shown in the figure 
so that minute description is unnecessary. 

The table of measurements following shows the extreme varia- 
tion in size: 


Max. Diam. Min. Diam. 


Largest shell (from Lot No. 27615) ..... 23.6 mm. 15.4 mm. 
Smallest shell (from Lot No. 24807) ...... 15.0 10.7 
BNET: Of PDP SSNS osc. ited ccetecs at Fa 12.0 


The shell illustrated in the accompanying figures is haplotype 
No. 7137 .(Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from Loe. No. 
27612 (C.A.S.), Chico Martinez Creek, Kern Co., California, coll. 
by G. D. Hanna and C. C. Chureh. We have examined the lots 
shown in the table on p. 12. 

The last-named lot comes from the Salinas Valley, far removed 
from what appears to be the normal range of carpenteri, which 
is found along the western edge of the San Joaquin Valley. How- 


12 


CRAs: 
loc. 
number 


24808 


24809 


24810 
24844 
24876 
26809 
24805 
24134 
24807 


25605 
27615 
27612 
24126 
27614 
27613 
23350 
27617 


20 


13 


15 


32 


THE NAUTILUS 


Locality 


S. end of Panoche Hills 4th 
large creek N. of Panoche Cr. 
Fresno Co., Calif. 

Sec. T18S, R15E, Domingene 


Ranch Road, Fresno Co., 
Calif. 
Jacalitos Cr., Fresno Co.. 
Calif. 


Arroyo Ciervo, Fresno Co., 
Calif. 


Sec. 34, T22S, R18E, Kettle- 


man Hills, Kings Co., Calif. 
E. flank of N. Dome, Kettle- 
man Hills, Kings Co., Calif. 
1 mi. 8S. of Big Tar Canyon, 
Kings Co., Calif. 

Extreme §. end of Reef 
Ridge, Kings Co., Calif. 

NE. cor. Sec. 28, T25S, R18E, 
on W. side of road from Dey- 
il’s Den to Keck’s Station, 
Kern Co., Calif. 

Wagonwheel Mountain, Kern 
Co., Calif. 

Carneros Cr., W. side of Kern 
Co., Calif. 

Chico Martinez Creek, Kern 
Co., Calif. 

N. end of Gould Hills, Kern 
Co., Calif. 

Upper end of Salt Cr., W. side 
of Kern Co., Calif. 

SE. side of Orchard Peak, 
Kern Co., Calif. 

2 mi. W. of Maricopa, Kern 
Co., Calif. 

1 mi. NE. of San Lucas, Mon- 
terey Co., Calif. 


Q 2 22 of 


te Se as 


WP RRQ QRARAQR OQ 


[ Vou. 51 (1) 


Coll. by 


D. Hanna & 
C. Chureh 


D. Hanna & 
C. Chureh 


D. Hanna 
C. Chureh 


D. Hanna & 
A. Menken 
D. Hanna 


D. Hanna & 
H. Show 
D. Hanna & 
H. Show 


C. Church 


. D. Hanna & 
. C. Church 
. C. Chureh & 


D. Hanna 
D. Hanna 


C. Church & 
D. Hanna 
D. Hanna 
D. Hanna 


A. Menken 


ever, a critical examination fails to show any marked differences 
between these shells and carpenteri, and future collections may 
prove that its range extends across the ranges of hills that sepa- 
rate the two major valleys. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 13 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA SIMILANS, new species. PI. 1, fig.d. Fig. 1. 


Holotype small, thin, with slightly depressed spire; apical 
angle about 105° ; umbilicus narrow; whorls 54, well rounded, the 
last more convex below than above the periphery, descending 
slightly at the aperture; peristome simple, thin, with very little 
reflection, set at an angle of 30° with the vertical, its basal termi- 
nation well reflected but only barely obscuring the umbilicus; 
callus wash between terminations very thin. Nuclear whorls 
nearly 2, wrinkled on the first half turn, the wrinkles consisting 
of low, irregular ridges; these give way on the remaining nuclear 
whorls to irregularly spaced, rounded papillations, moderately 
closely placed, which continue over the post-nuclear whorls above 
and below and into the umbilicus; on the upper portion of the 
last whorl! these papillations are set more closely and in a some- 
what descending spiral arrangement; lines of growth irregular, 
merging into one another, not prominent; spiral sculpture absent 
or very faint; periostracum exceedingly thin, brownish-buff, with 
a revolving dark band bordered above and below by bands much 
lighter in color than the remainder of the shell; bands not 
sharply defined. Max. diam., 25.8 mm.; min. diam., 13.7 mm:; 
alt., 9.6 mm.; diam. of umbilicus, about 1.4 mm. 


Holotype: No. 71386 (Calif. Acad. Sci., Paleo. Type Coll.), from 
Loe. No. 25624 (C.A.S.), 2? mile SE. of Oil City, Fresno Co., 
Calif.; G. H. Hanna and C. C. Church eolls. 

The separation of this form from H. carpentert (Newe.), with 
which it is sometimes associated in locality range and to which it 
is similar, is rather difficult in old, white-weathered dead shells. 
With live or even well-preserved adult dead shells, however, the 
two are easily distinguished. H. similans averages smaller in 
size but the two overlap in all measurements. No good characters 
separate them in the nuclear structure or shape of shell. The 
shell of similans is covered with small papillations, lacking in car- 
pentert, which has well-incised spiral sculpture, obsolete or not 
present at all in stmilans. Also, the growth lines of similans join 
together in an irregular manner, which is not true in carpentert. 
Shelis of living specimens of the latter are more highly polished 
than the former, which is duller because of its peculiar sculptur- 
ing. 

Of the named species of the traskui group, similans resembles 
cuyamacensis, but this form is larger, has a wider umbilicus, and 
- is much more densely covered with papillations that do not fol- 


14 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (1) 


low any particular arrangement, at least on a series of specimens 
at hand from Warner’s Springs, San Diego Co., Calif. 

The mantle of the animal of stmilans is densely blotched with 
black, whereas in carpenteri the mantle is entirely free of such 
markings. 

The range of similans lies within that of carpenteri along the 
west side of the San Joaquin Valley. Except for one colony dis- 
covered in the drainage of Big Tar Canyon, Kings Co., and an- 
other in the Salinas Valley, it has only been found in a limited 
area in the vicinity of Coalinga, Fresno Co. Usually it seems to 
occupy rocky hillsides farther removed from the valley floor than 
carpenteri and this may possibly account for its relatively recent 
discovery in a well-known territory. The two species do not 
occur in the same colonies, at least not normally. 


Max. diam. Altitude 


Juaroesteshelly (i. eee hetcncsce 18.5 mm. 12.0 mm. 
mmailest shell ..c8..cncucetenn es 14.0 ‘‘ 8.5) 
Average of 53 shells ...............0.0. 14.9 ° 10.2) 


Coalmine Creek, Fresno Co. (C.A.S. Loc. No. 24806) : 
25624 23 3 mi. SEK. of Oil City, Fresno G. D. Hanna & 


Co., Calif. TYPE LOT. C. C. Church 
25607 16 Jacalitos Creek, Fresno Co., C.C. Church 
Calif. 


25606 oo 6 mi. above mouth of Jaea- C.C. Church 
litos Cr., Fresno Co., Calif. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 15 


24806 64 Eocene Reef, just N. of Coal- G. D. Hanna & 
mine Cr., Fresno Co., Calif. C. C. Chureh 

24130 1 Canoas Creek, Fresno Co., G. D. Hanna 
Calif. 

24129 3 Eocene conglomerate 2 mi. N. G. D. Hanna 
of Big Tar Canyon, Kings 
Co., Calif. 

27618 17 Mouth of Hamilton Canyon, F. A. Menken 
5 mi. SE. of King City, Mon- 
terey Co., Calif. 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA CUYAMA, new species. Plate 1, figure D. 


Holotype, nearly average for the species, thin in texture and 
Spire strongly depressed; apical angle 137°; umbilicus wide, 
tapering rather sharply to the apex; whorls six, moderately con- 
vex, the last slightly expanded and descending at the aperture; 
peristome simple, moderately reflected, not thickened and not 
obscuring the umbilicus, inner end connected with ‘a thin callus 
wash; nuclear whorls nearly smooth, about two, gradually merg- 
ing into the later whorls which have more or less regular growth 
lines; spiral sculpture absent ; surface somewhat shining, indented 
by fine irregularly shaped malleations arranged in obscure patches 
at various places on the body whorl; periostracum extremely thin, 
light golden brown; revolving band dark brown bounded below 
by a cream colored band nearly as wide, and above by a narrow 
indefinite band of the same color. Max. diam., 24.7 mm.; min. 
diam., 19.8 mm.; alt., 13.5 mm.; diam. of umbilicus, 3.7 mm. 


Holotype: No. 7088 and paratypes Nos. 7089, 7090 (Calif. 
Acad. Sci.) from a rock slide of Franciscan chert on the south 
side of the highway connecting Santa Maria with Maricopa, 23.7 
miles east of the first, Santa Barbara County, California. The 
locality is two miles west of Cuyama Service Station on Cuyama 
River. About 50 specimens were taken in the same locality at 
various times by Messrs. C. C. Church and G. D. Hanna. In May, 
1937, the type locality was revisited by Mr. George Willett who 
informs us that he collected a fair series but no living shells and 
believes, correctly no doubt, that living specimens must be very 
deep in the rock slide at that time of year. He also reports find- 
ing four specimens of another form referable to H. trasku 
phlyctoena (Bartsch) in the same slide. 


16 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (1) 


RANGE OF VARIATION 


Mac. Min. Diam. No. of 

diam. diam. Alt. of umb. whorls 
Targest. shell) wiec...c, 28.9 23.4 16.2 4.2 6.25 
Smallest shell. ................ 18.5 15:0 9.3 2.5 5.50 
Highest shell ................ 24.6 19.6 14.9 3.6 6.00 


Average of 30 shells.. 23.1 18.5 12.5 3.2 6.00 


Traces of irregularly arranged papillations are visible on some 
specimens when considerably magnified; in a young living shell, 
the sculpture is somewhat more distinct than in the holotype; 
each of the sparse papillations of the nuclear whorls in this case 
is set with a stubby, slightly curved hair; on the remaining whorls 
the papillations are more numerous and there is a suggestion of 
quineuncial arrangement; these likewise bear short stubby hairs 
and the surface appears hirsute when magnified 40 diameters. 

The species seems distinct from others of the group as might be 
expected from the isolated collecting station. It is smaller and 
not nearly so polished as H. willetti (Berry) and lacks the char- 
acteristic spiral sculpture so pronounced in H. carpenteri. The 
shape is similar to H. ferrissi (Pilsbry), a species from the south- 
ern Sierra Nevada, but it is a thinner, much lighter colored and 
larger shell with the umbilicus proportionately narrower; com- 
parison in this case has been made with a large series of specimens 
(No. 27,791 C.A.S.) from upper Kern River, collected by Mr. 
Church. 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA HERTLEINI, new species. Plate 1, figure ec. 


Shell thin and delicate, pale golden brown, with a very narrow 
band of a darker shade, bounded below by an equally narrow band 
of a lighter shade; whorls five, regularly increasing in size; sur- 
face marked with fairly coarse growth ridges, and very irregu- 
larly scattered papillae; nuclear whorl with faint growth lines 
and a finely roughened surface; aperture not expanded; peri- 
stome simple and scarcely reflected (except in the umbilical re- 
gion) and slightly thickened interiorly; umbilicus narrow, half 
covered by the reflected basal wall. Max. diam., 18.5 mm.; min. 
diam., 15.3 mm.; altitude, 12.5 mm.; diam. umbilicus, about 2 mm. 


Holotype: No. 7094 and paratype No. 7095 (Calif. Acad. Sci.) 
from a lava rock slide 6.6 miles east of the junction of the 
Klamath Falls road with U. S. Highway No. 99; Jackson County, 


TAB NAWDIGUS: ol (dl) PAD E et 


a Fs = | 


a, Helminthoglypta carpenteri (Newe.). b, H. cuyama H. & S. ©, H. hertleini 
H.& S. d, H. similans H.& S. Fig. d actual size, the others enlarged. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 17 


Oregon; north side of road. H. B. Baker, J. L. Nicholson and 
G. D. Hanna ecolls.; July 26, 1929. 

The above is a description of the holotype; 17 additional speci- 
mens, mostly dead and imperfect, were collected at the same place. 
These indicate that the species is fairly constant in its characters; 
the largest shell is 22.6 mm. in diameter and the smallest is 17.8 
mm. No species belonging to this group of the genus has been 
found within a long distance of the present locality. We have 
noticed in collecting members of the H. cypraeophila group, that 
to the northward in the voleanice country, shells become smaller 
and relatively thinner than at the type locality in Calaveras 
County, California. The form here described seems to be at or 
near the extreme northern range; it has lost the reflected peri- 
stome, and most of the surface markings; the bands are much less 
prominent and the shells are thin and delicate, somewhat like 
some of the high mountain forms such as tularensis (Hemphill). 


NOTES ON THREE RARE AMERICAN 
POLYGYRA 


BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH 


Polygyra herbertt Walker 1928 (University of Michigan, Mu- 
seum of Zoology, Mise. Pub. no. 18, p. 43, text fig. 50).1. This 
species was published with only a drawn text figure. Miss 
McGlamery of the Alabama Museum has very kindly furnished 
me with photographs of the unique specimen taken by Mr. Hodges 
(Plate 3, figs. 1-3). ‘‘Near Gallant’’ should be added to the type 
locality as given by Walker. This is the rarest of all Polygyras, 
as the single holotype is the only specimen known. 

Polygyra chilhoweensis Lewis 1870 (American Jour. Conch. 6, 
p. 191, pl. 12, figs. 5-7). One of the largest of all American 
Polygyra. Heretofore this species has only been known from the 
Great Smoky Mountains of Tennessee and North Carolina. Mr. 


1 Both the University of Michigan and the University of Alabama pub- 
lished this paper jointly, each, however, retaining their sets under the publi- 
cation series of the institution concerned. The same title is used and both 
were issued on the same date, with the same text and pages, etc., the reference 
to the latter being: Alabama Museum of Nat. Hist. Mus. Pap. no. 8. 


18 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (1) 


W. G. Parris has recently found three specimens of this species 
4 miles south of Byrdstown, Pickett Co., Tenn. This locality is 
on the western slope of the Cumberland Plateau, a region possess- 
ing a mollusk fauna quite different from the main mass of the 
southern Appalachians east of the Tennessee River system. Mr. 
Paul Adams of Alpine, Overton Co., Tenn., has also reported find- 
ing this species, a locality also on the Cumberland Plateau, and 
SE. of Byrdstown, specimens of which are now in the collection 
at the University of Michigan. A specimen kindly donated by 
Mr. Parris measures 35 x 29.5 dia., 21.5 mm. height. There is ne 
parietal tooth. 

Mr. Archer and I found this species to be rare on the slopes of 
Mt. LeConte in the Great Smoky Mountains. It is a species of 
the heavy deciduous forest and is generally found on the forest 
floor, occasionally climbing a few feet on the boles of the trees. 
It is not a species peculiar to the rock slides. 

Polygyra ferrissvi Pilsbry 1897 (Naurimus 11, p. 92). The eol- 
lections we made on Mt. LeConte extend the range of this species 
about 7 miles to the NE. of the location assigned by Pilsbry (Proce. 
Acad. Nat. Sciences, 1900, p. 120). Many of the specimens we 
obtained were collected near the base of the ‘‘Chimneys,’’ which 
is also about 1000 feet lower in altitude than Pilsbry’s records. 
They were found mainly on small moss covered rocks on a steep 
slope with plenty of seepage water, a remarkably wet situation 
for a Polygyra. 


A NEW VARIETY OF BULIMULUS DEALBATUS 
FROM ALABAMA 


BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH 


BULIMULUS DEALBATUS JONESI,! new variety (Plate 3, fig. 4). 
This form differs from the typical B. dealbatus Say by being much 
thicker in texture and being all white rather than mottled with 
axial streaks of opaque and translucent areas. In addition, the 


1 Named for Dr. Walter B. Jones, State Geologist and Director of the 
Alabama Museum, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa. I am indebted to 
Miss Winnie McGlamery for the privilege of studying and describing this 
new variety. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 19 


apex (nuclear whorls) are a pale straw color and somewhat glass- 
like in appearance. Proportionately, the shell is more attenuated 
and the whorls somewhat less convex. All remaining characters 
appear as in the typical form. 

Length 19.1, width 9.9, aperture 9x5.1 mm. (holotype). 
Length 20, width 11, aperture 9.4 x 5.9 mm. (average of five para- 
types). 

Holotype.—Univ. of Alabama, no. 89, 2 miles North of West 
Greene, Greene Co., Alabama. Paratypes, Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 
75036 from the same locality. Miss Winnie McGlamery collec- 
tor, 1933. 

This variety does not appear to be an ecological form. Though 
a member of the species assemblage found in the ‘‘chalk”’ area, 
it differs quite sharply from most of the lots studied from these 
regions. It is possibly a small geographical race. West central 
Alabama is still imperfectly known and the adjoining territory in 
Mississippi remains to be investigated. 


THREE NEW SPECIES OF CERIONS FROM 
LONG ISLAND, BAHAMAS 


BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH 


During the past July and August (1936) a third expedition 
was made to the Bahama Islands to continue the molluscan sur- 
vey initiated in 1935. To date, Grand Bahama, the Abaco group, 
Eleuthera, New Providence, Cat and Long Islands have been cov- 
ered sufficiently to render individual reports. The present expe- 
dition, undertaken by H. D. Russell, R. A. McLean, J. H. Hunt- 
ington and R. W. Foster was made to Long Island. Two very 
remarkable Cerions were found, quite different from any species 
heretofore discovered in these islands, and in addition, a large 
series of C. stevenson Dall was collected, the locality of which 
had been previously open to question. Mr. J. V. Malone, Com- 
missioner of Long Island, has just submitted a third new species, 
of considerable interest as it is a connecting form between C. 
maloner (new) and members of the regina group of Cerions to 
which both of these forms belong. 


20 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (1) 


CERION (STROPHIOPS)*MALONEI, new species. Plate 3, fig. 6. 


Description.—Shell cylindrical, rather short, smooth to ribbed, 
solid and widely and deeply umbilicated. Color: flat white, with 
no indication of mottling. Whorls: 9 to 10, the last three more 
or less parallel sided, the remaining whorls narrowing rapidly to 
form a short slightly convex spire. Spire produced at an angle 
of 90°-100°. Aperture sub-ovate to sub-quadrate, generally with 
a fairly straight margin along the parietal wall, the peristome 
occasionally pinched so that the aperture becomes holostomatous. 
Columella inclined slightly, supporting a small inconspicuous 
tooth which is sometimes reduced to a minute, irregular lump. 
Parietal wall with a large tooth that does not penetrate any dis- 
tance within the aperture. Lip expanded, thin and not turned 
backwards. Umbilical perforation wide and very deep—a probe 
reaching as far back as the nuclear whorls. Suture barely indi- 
cated, sometimes the last whorl is offset and smaller than the mid- 
whorl, leaving a small ledge or overhang. Occasionally there is 
an upturn to the body whorl just before the aperture, so much 
so that the superior margin of the aperture is close to or even with 
the whorl above. Sculpture: smooth to somewhat coarsely ribbed, 
with about 18 to 23 ribs on the body whorl, an unusual character 
is that the ribs are most strongly developed on the penultimate 
whorl. Nuclear whorls always smooth. Length 31.5; width 
18.6; aperture 9x6 mm. (holotype). Length 25.6; width 16.6; 
aperture 7.6 x 5.7 mm. (average of 7 specimens). 


Holotype——Mus. Comp. Zodl. No. 112706, 34 mi. SE. of Simms, 
Long Id., Bahamas. Russell, McLean, Huntington, Foster, col- 
lectors, July, 1936. A large series of paratypes obtained from 
the same locality. 

Remarks.—This species forms a striking parallelism with C. 
dimidiatum Pfr. of Gibara, Cuba, particularly to the short and 
squat form known as proteus Pfr. Superficially the resemblance 
is exceedingly close, but the apertural characters exhibited by C. 
malonei show a direct relationship to the regina group of the lower 
Bahama Islands. It would appear rather that C. malonei is an 
extreme divergent form of this group, connected to the main stock 
through a more or less intermediate form, C. fernandina herein 
described. Form parallelisms are very abundant in Cerions, the 
less pronounced characters, such as the structure of the aperture, 
columellar and parietal teeth, and particularly the lip seem to be 
far more stable and indicate relationships in accord with the geo- 
graphical distribution of the individual elements. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 21 


The group of regina, however, is probably directly related to 
the group of maritimum in which dimidiatum is a species. Most 
of the species of this latter assemblage are found on the north 
coast of Cuba. 


CERION (STROPHIOPS) FERNANDINA, new species. Plate 3, fig. 5. 


Description.—Shell large, perforate, solid, subconical to sub- 
eylindrical, shining and nearly smooth. Color a flat white, 
nuclear whorls glass-like and opaque. Interior of aperture a very 
pale brownish yellow to cream. Whorls 10-11, nearly flat sided, 
first 7 to 9 forming the slightly convex cone of the spire. Occa- 
sionally the whorls, particularly the body whorls, may be slightly 
inset, forming a slight overhang with the whorl above. Body 
whorl usually the largest in diameter. Umbilical perforation 
generally large, located deeply in the broad excavated area behind 
the columellar lip. The excavated area is abruptly formed by the 
infolding of the base of the body whorl and in many specimens is 
wider below the edge. Parietal tooth short, centered and rather 
high but not penetrating very deeply within the aperture. 
Columellar ‘‘teeth’’ composed of, usually two, very slight, irregu- 
lar, flattened and rather inconspicuous knobs, occasionally the 
upper one large enough to be called a tooth or lamella. Aperture 
subovate with only a slightly thickened, expanded lip which is 
usually flat though occasionally slightly folded back. Parietal 
wall calloused with a thickened ridge connecting the lip extremi- 
ties; it is, however, not built forward. Sculpture of coarse and 
irregular growth Jines somewhat evenly disposed over the entire 
shell other than the nuclear whorls. These growth lines on ecer- 
tain species are somewhat grouped forming a few ribs on the body 
whorl. Sutures only very slightly indented. The spire is pro- 
duced at an angle of approximately 60°. Length 34.3; width 
16.5; aperture 9.2 x 5.8 mm. (holotype). Length 32; width 16.2; 
aperture 8.2 x 5.3 mm. (average of 8 specimens). 


Holotype—Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 65131, Millers, 8 mi. SE. of 
Simms, Long Island, Bahama Islands. J. V. Malone collector, 
Oct., 1936. (The name Fernandina was originally applied to 
Long Island by Columbus.) 

Remarks.—Though the general outline of this form appears to 
be quite different from C. malonet, they are apparently rather 
closely connected. C. malonei is in reality a widely divergent 
form and represents an extreme in the morphological develop- 
ment of the shell. Both of these forms possess an open umbilical 


22 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (1) 


orifice and similar lip and tooth characters. The present form 
exhibits but little variation in shape in comparison with C. ma- 
lonei, which from form modification is one of the most variable 
in the genus. 

C. fernandina is a member of the regina group of Cerions and 
is patterned quite closely after C. regiwm of Castle Island on the 
Crooked Island Bank. It is a smaller species, however, and does 
not possess the rather sharply tapering cone of this latter form. 


CERION (STROPHIOPS) MCLEANI, new species. Plate 3, fig. 7. 


Description.—Shell narrow, rather coarsely ribbed, cylindrical, 
small, solid and generally minutely perforate. Color a flat white. 
Whorls 94 to 10, slightly convex, and gradually tapering above 
the fourth whorl to the summit. Spire slightly convex, produced 
at an angle from 46° to 56°. Aperture subquadrate, holostro- 
matous in fully adult shells owing to the produced parietal ridge. 
Parietal tooth strongly developed but not extending a great dis- 
tance within. Columellar tooth obsolete or indicated by a very 
shght and somewhat broad, thickened area. The interior of the 
aperture colored a pale brown. Umbilical perforation small, 
with no definite ridge around the base. Lip flaring, slightly 
thickened and only very slightly turned back, connected along the 
parietal wall by a well elevated ridge. Sculpture of rather coarse 
ribs, most strongly developed on the body whorl, varying from 
12 to 16, with many irregular growth lines both between and on 
the ribs. No spiral sculpture indicated. Suture fine, not im- 
pressed but indicated by the contour of the whorls. Nuclear 
whorls glass-like, opaque and smooth. Length 21; width 8; aper- 
ture 4.5 x 3.5 mm. (holotype). Length 19.8; width 7.6; aperture 
4x3 mm. (average of 4 specimens). 


Holotype—Mus. Comp. Zoél. No. 112701, one mile East of 
O’Neills, Long Island, Bahama Islands. Russell, McLean, Hunt- 
ington and Foster collectors, July, 1936. 

Remarks—A remarkably well differentiated species, totally 
different from any hitherto obtained in the Bahamas. As with 
malonet, it represents a sharply divergent line of evolution from 
the normal type of the group assemblage in which it is included. 
It is a member of the gubernatorium group as outlined by Pilsbry 
(Man. of Conch. (2), 14, p. 240, 1902) and perhaps nearest to C. 
eleutherae P. & V. of southern Eleuthera Island. 


THE NAUTILUS: 51 (1) PLATE 3 


R 


7 a, 


4am? Bere 


‘ ; FCS | 


1-8, Polygyra herberti Walker. 4, Bulimulus dealbatus jonesi Cl. 5, Cerion fernan- 
diana Cl. 6, C. malonei Cl. 7, C. meleani Cl. 8-10, C. stevensoni Dall. Figs. 1-7, 9, 
holotypes. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 23 


CERION STEVENSONI Dall. PI. 3, figs. 8-10. 

Cerion stevensoni Dall 1900, Naurinus 14, p. 65 (Long or Berry Island) ; 
Pilsbry 1902, Man. of Conch. (2), 14, p. 220, pl. 44, fig. 70-71; Dall 1905, 
[in] The Bahama Islands, Baltimore, p. 40 (Rum Cay, not Long Island) ; 
Clench 1934, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 40, p. 209 (Probably Cat Island). 

A very large series of this remarkable species was collected at 
Wemyss, 7 mi. SE. of Simms on Long Island by the present expe- 
dition and this place can be accepted as the type locality. 
Through the courtesy of Dr. Bartsch, I have been privileged to 
examine and photograph the three type specimens (Plate 3, figs. 
8-10, figure 9 being the holotype). This species has had a curi- 
ous history as locality assignment. The original locality, Long 
Island, now known to be correct, was later changed by Dall to 
Rum Cay, though Dall did not state his reasons for this change. 
As Rum Cay has since been fairly well explored, particularly by 
the parties on the ‘‘Utowana’’ and neither stevensom or any 
species similar to it were found, I had assumed that possibly Cat 
Island would prove to be its origin on the basis of its relationship 
to C. felis P.& V. 


A NEW PLEISTOCENE RACE OF POLYGYRA 
APPRESSA 


BY FRANK C. BAKER 


PoLYGYRA APPRESSA HUBRICHTI, nov. var. 


Shell differing from typical appressa in its much greater size, 
more elevated spire, rounder aperture, and general gibbous form. 
The parietal lamella is long, curved, and extends to the umbilical 
region as in the typical form. Basal tooth of peristome usually 
well developed, but the upper denticle of race fosteri rarely devel- 
oped. Sculpture of fine lines of growth. 

Diam. 25.5; Height 14.5; Ap. Diam. 10.0; Height 7.0mm. Holo- 
type. 
Diam. 25.0; Height 13.5; Ap. Diam. 9.5; Height 7.0 mm. Para- 


type. 
Diam, 935; Height 13.0; Ap. Diam. 9.0; Height 6.0 mm. Para- 

type. 
Type locality: Valmeyer, Monroe Co., Illinois, in pink loess of 
Sangamon age. Holotype No. P6629; paratypes No. P6630, 
Museum of Natural History, Univ. Ill.; paratypes No. 168631, 


24 THE NAUTILUS [Vows 1G) 


Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; collection of Les- 
lie Hubricht, No. A1562. 

This form is another of the peculiar variations which have been 
noted in loess deposits in Illinois. Typical appressa is rare in 
these deposits, only two specimens having been noted among fifty 
of the new race. In size hubrichti is the largest form of the 
appressa group, exceeding that of P. a. perigrapta, which attains 
a diameter of about 22mm. The lamella or tooth on the parietal 
wall also differs greatly in form in this race. There is consider- 
able variation in size among the fifty specimens of hubrichti from 
Valmeyer, about a dozen specimens ranging from 19 to 21 mm. in 
diameter. All have the peculiar elevated, dome-shaped spire of 
the new variety and not the flat spire of typical appressa. 

The material was collected from loess deposits at Valmeyer by 
Mr. Leslie Hubricht, in whose honor the variety is named. 


A NEW BOLIVIAN HELICOID, DINOTROPIS 
HARRINGTONI 


BY H. A. PILSBRY AND T. D. A. COCKERELL 


In the course of work in Bolivia Mr. George L. Harrington 
picked up the peculiar snail described below. In shape it is curi- 
ously like some depressed, carinate helices from different parts 
of the world and belonging to widely separated genera, such as 
the Californian Monadenia circumcarinata (Stearns) or the 
Australian Glyptorhagada kooringensis (Ang.). In the surface 
sculpture and general shape it is like depressed Jamaican mem- 
bers of the Plewrodonte group. The basal lip is unfortunately 
broken; possibly it was toothed there, though we are disposed 
to believe it was toothless. In texture it is unlike Labyrinthus, 
which always has a parietal tooth. It does not seem to be related 
to Xenothauma Fulton. On the whole we are inclined to think 
it a specialized member of the Epiphragmophora group, but no 
definite opinion can be formed without anatomic data. We form 
for it a new group, the exact status of which remains in abeyance. 

Dinorropris, new genus. The openly umbilicate shell is strongly 
depressed, keeled, of few (43) whorls, the nuclear 14 smooth, the 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 25 


rest closely granulose; aperture strongly oblique, the peristome 
expanded above, reflected basally, the strong parietal callus short. 


DINOTROPIS HARRINGTONI, n. sp. PI. 2, figs. 14. 


The umbilicus is contained about six times in diameter. The 
spire is only slightly convex. The whorls are weakly convex in 
the inner, concave in the outer half, the last whorl descending 
slowly below the very acute peripheral keel, the base being con- 
cave below the keel, convex towards the umbilicus. The color 
(dead) is light buff, with very faint indications of a brownish 
band above the keel. The dull surface is very closely granu- 
lose, the granules pustuliform, indistinctly arranged along light 
erowth-striae, but in places forming short oblique trends. The 
peristome is well expanded and, so far as preserved, reflected 
basally, but most of the basal margin is broken away. Height 8.5 
mm. (estimated) ; diam. 27.7 mm. 

Bolivia: Rio Iguembe, two or three miles above junction with 
Rio Ingre, collected near a limey horizon by Mr. George L. Har- 
rington. Type 168636 ANSP. 


A NEW CALLISTOCHITON FROM LOWER 
CALIFORNIA 


BY G. WILLETT 


During December, 1936, Mr. and Mrs. Philip M. Connelly, of 
the Southern California Conchological Club, while collecting at 
Arbolitos Point, near Ensenada, Lower California, secured forty 
specimens of a chiton that appears to be new to science. For 
this I propose the name of : 


CALLISTOCHITON CONNELLYI sp. nov. PI. 2, fig. 13, x 6. 


Description —Small; cream-colored, with white girdle. Head 
valve with nine or ten low, rounded, very finely pustulate ribs; 
tail valve with apparently fewer ribs, but these only faintly indi- 
cated and not perceptible in some specimens. Lateral areas with 
two rounded, finely pustulate ribs which, on the posterior part of 
most specimens, merge into a single rib with a more or less faintly 
indicated notch at the margin. Pleural tracts crossed by about 
fifteen very fine ribs, connected with each other by faint riblets; 
these ribs are obscure or imperceptible on the jugal area, which is 
finely punctate. Girdle clothed with densely crowded, micro- 
scopic, imbricating scales with a marginal border of fine spines. 
Length, 6; diam., 3.4; alt., 1 mm. 


26 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (1) 


Type No. 1048, Los Angeles Museum; paratypes in Philadel- 
phia Academy of Natural Sciences, and in collections of Mr. and 
Mrs. P. M. Connelly and G. Willett. Type locality, Arbolitos 
Point, near Ensenada, Lower California, Mexico. 

This species is perhaps nearer to C. acinatus Dall than to any 
other known member of the genus, but, judging from the desecrip- 
tion of acinatus, which has not been figured, connellyi differs in 
being less elevated, and in possessing finely pustulate (not nodu- 
lous nor prominently pustulate) ribs, very fine reticulation of the 
pleural tracts, and the jugal tract being punctate rather than 
reticulate. 

From the three allied Mexican species, C. gabbi Pils., C. infor- 
tunatus Pils., and C. pulchellus Gray, connellyi is easily distin- 
guished by smaller size, ighter coloration, and less pronounced 
sculpture. It has fewer ribs on the head valve than gabbi or 
pulchellus, and the lateral ribs are unserrated. It lacks the 
prominent ribs on the tail valve that characterize pulchellus and 
infortunatus, being more like gabbi in this respect. It has no 
indication of the netted sculpture on the jugal area that is found 
in pulchellus. 

I am indebted to the San Diego Society of Natural History for 
use of specimens of Mexican species, in the Lowe collection. 

Los Angeles Museum, Los Angeles, California, January 15, 
1937. 


THE RACES AND ALLIES OF PLEURODONTE 
GUADELOUPENSIS 


BY H. A. PILSBRY 


In the course of his ornithological researches in Martinique, 
Mr. James Bond obtained some pleurodont helices evidently new 
but related to the species long known as Helix badia Fér. While 
describing them, it seems best to review the allied races. 


PLEURODONTE LABEO, new species. PI. 2, fig. 1. 


The shell is larger and more solid than any form of guadelou- 
pensis, deep chestnut brown, acutely angular in front, suture 
descending steeply and deeply to the aperture. Peristome white, 
the two basal teeth nearer together than in P. g. roseolabrum, the 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 27 


upper margin of lip bearing an oblong callous lobe, which hangs 
in front of the aperture. Height 11.4, diam. 18.7 mm.; nearly 5 
whorls. 

Baie des Anglais, Ste. Anne, southern Martinique. Type and 
paratypes 166148 ANSP., collected by a native of the island for 
Mr. James Bond. 

The callous lobe is on the lip in this form, not a thickening of 
the parietal callus as in P. nucleola Rang and some other species. 

This belongs to the immediate group of P. guadelowpensis, but 
it appears sufficiently distinct by the characters given above. 


PLEURODONTE GUADELOUPENSIS (Pils.). Pl. 2, fig. 4. 


Helix badia var. guadeloupensis Pilsbry 1889, Man. Conch. 5: 87, pl. 29, 
f. 28.1 


This is a small form, diam. 12 to 14.4 mm., in which the two 
teeth in the basal margin are large and much closer together than 
in the form now ealled P. g. roseolabrum (Helix badia Feér.). 
The inner tooth is lower, oblique, with long right and short left 
slope; in the outer lip a small denticle. The brown bands above 
and below the light peripheral line fade towards suture and base. 
The surface is rather weakly, finely granulose. The peristome is 
white in all seen (6 from Robert Swift, 3 from W. Newcomb). 
All are labelled ‘‘Guadeloupe.’’! The type is 32586 ANSP. 


PLEURODONTE GUADELOUPENSIS ROSEOLABRUM M. Smith. PI. 2, 
figs. 2, 5, 6. 

Helix badia Férussac, 1822, Prodr. No. 124; Hist., Expl. pl. X XIT livr., 
pl. 56, f. 1, Pfeiffer, 1848, Mon. Hel. Viv. 1: 309; Conchyl. Cab. pl. 63, f. 
7,8. Not Helix badia Gmelin, 1791, Syst. Nat. (13) p. 3639, No. 171. 

Helix (Dentellaria) badia Fér., var. roseolabrum Maxwell Smith, 1911, 
NAUTILUS 25: 48; also var. wnicolor, 1. ¢. 

Férussac figured more than one form under the name H. badia, 
but his first figure may be accepted as typical badia. His third 
and fourth figures are probably guadeloupensis and his figure 2 
almost certainly that. The name H. badia, being preoccupied, 
passes out of use. 

The shell is of a bay color, either uniform, or lighter on the 


base, near suture, and at the apex; the peristome is vinaceous 
brown of different shades. However, in some lots the color runs 


1 The Spanish form of the name of this island might better have been used 
in the specific name, as the French form is rather awkward as a Latin word. 


28 THE NAUTILUS [Vou ol (at) 


by intermediate nuanees into cream-buff or lighter, with spire of 
a somewhat darker tint or brown, and with apricot-buff or pale 
flesh colored peristome (the typical color of roseolabrum), or the 
peristome may be white; finally some shells are ivory or mar- 
guerite yellow, fading to white at the summit, peristome white, 
these being Mr. Smith’s var. wnicolor, fig. 5. In a lot collected 
by the Abbé Vathelet all of these colors oceur, with transitional 
shades, and I presume were found together. The upper margin 
of the peristome is thin and nearly straight. Of the two teeth in 
the basal margin, the outer one is compressed and rather high, 
the inner lower and tubercular; they are rather widely spaced. 
There is no denticle in the outer lip. The surface is finely granu- 
lose. 

Height 10.2 mm., diam. 16.8 mm. 

Height 9 mm., diam. 15.5 mm. 


It appears to be common in Martinique, which may be taken 
as the type locality (82587 ANSP.). Type in the Maxwell Smith 
collection, fig. 2, central fig. 


PLEURODONTE GUADELOUPENSIS DOMINICANA Pils. & Ckll. Dominiea. 
See note on page 34. 


SOME LESSER RACES OF MONADENIA 
FIDELIS (GRAY) 


BY 8. STILLMAN BERRY 


MOoNADENIA FIDELIS OCHROMPHALUS new subspecies 


DeEscrIPTION : Shell similar in general features to typical fidelis, 
but smaller, solid, highly polished, especially on the base, which 
in some specimens appears more or less dished or reamed out, in 
others is full and rounded, the umbilicus open and permeable to 
the apex. Spiral sculpture weak to moderately developed above, 
very fine and delicate on the base. 

Color of shell prevailingly dark, the spire banded, often not too 
distinctly, with tones varying from deep colonial buff to russet 
and mars brown; peripheral band wide (2-3 mm.), deep blackish 
umber, sharply bordered below by a much narrower band of 
chamois or deep colonial buff; base uniformly a lustrous deep 
blackish umber excepting the area immediately surrounding the 
umbilicus, which, together with the umbilical interior, is a 
strongly contrasting old gold. Color of animal: dorsum fawn 
color to wood brown, more or less heavily suffused darker (bone 
brown to clove brown) with a light median line on the ridge, 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 29 


sometimes more or less maculated, the tail consistently paler; sole 
buffy brown to grayish olive, widely margined fuscous to fus- 
cous-black. 


Maxi- Mini- Diam- Num- 
mum mum Alti- eter ber 
diam- diam- tude of um- of 
eter eter bilicus whorls 
7768b. Paratype ...... goa 27.8 19.5 Be 1 
7768. Socal a yi sate 32.6 Daf all 21.4 ae 62 
7768. ri he Beer gone AT a 20.1 3.9 63 
(iol. Holotype -..... Raley 26.4 19.1 4.1 4 
7768a. Paratype ...... 30.5 26.1 19.5 4.0 64 
7768. Se ak 30.0 25:5 LR oul 4 


7768. er CI ote 29.6 24.8 18.9 3.3 5 


HouotyPe: Cat. No. 7767 Berry Coll. 

ParRATYPES: Cat. No. 7768 of same collection; others to be 
deposited in the collections of Allyn G. Smith, E. P. Chace, the 
United States National Museum, the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia, and Stanford University. 

TypE-Locauity: Etna Creek, about 24 miles above Etna, Sis- 
kiyou County, California; Leo Shapovalov and M. Hanavan, 13 
June 1934. 

Fievp-Note: Taken alive ‘‘on ground, on leaves and sticks, on 
concrete walls of irrigation ditch, and on mossy boulders and 
_ Stones, several days after showers’’; some ovipositing (Shapo- 
valov). 

It may appear questionable to describe a subspecies character- 
ized by so little other than color, but the shells of this beautiful 
race are very characteristic in appearance and the open yellow 
umbilicus centering the polished black-brown base is a conspicu- 
ous feature seen by me in no other lot of fidelis from any locality 
whatsoever. As the race seems uniform in the characters noted 
and apparently strongly localized, it will be useful to have a 
name for it. That proposed is derived from the Gr. oxpos, 
yellow, + déudados, umbilicus. 


MOoNADENIA FIDELIS LEONINA new subspecies 


Description: Shell small and thin for the group, translucent 
by transmitted light, depressed to low-conie in outline; umbili- 
cate, the umbilicus openly permeable to the apex and having a 


30 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (1) 


diameter on the average about one-ninth the maximum diameter 
of the shell; umbilical suture deep. Whorls 5% to 64, convex, the 
last with the superior portion descending rather strongly in front. 
Aperture ovate, slightly squared at the short columella, the lower 
border moderately or not at all flattened. Peristome little everted 
or thickened above, moderately so below, especially near the um- 
bilicus, the edge of which is partly roofed by the columellar flare ; 
edges connected across the whorl by a thin callus, the parietal one 
converging. Sculpture of nepionie whorls finely heavily wrinkly- 
granulose, the granules very crowded and for the most part show- 
ing arrangement in a pattern with both protractive and retractive 
alignment, passing into the weaker and much more distant papil- 
lation of the succeeding whorls, which on the adolescent and ma- 
ture whorls becomes entirely obsolete; lines of growth very 
strongly developed, the major wrinkles well-spaced and almost 
rib-like on the earlier post-nuclear whorls, relatively finer, closer, 
and more irregular on the later whorls, which also carry weak 
traces of an incised spiral sculpture. 

Color of shell: spire cream-buff to isabella color, sometimes 
with one or two narrow bands of cinnamon brown, or sometimes 
with a single wider band of dark olive buff, or sometimes un- 
banded save for the conspicuous wide supra-peripheral band of a 
lustrous and very dark liver brown (deeper and blacker than 
any of the Ridgway colors), 1.3 to 1.7 mm. wide, which may be 
either simple or varyingly bordered above and below with a rather 
narrower zone of ivory yellow or deep olive buff; base isabella 
color, either uniform or suffused dresden brown, more rarely a 
uniform dark liver brown. 

Color of animal: (common light form), dorsum wood brown 
on margin and tail, heavily clouded natal brown on sides of back 
and head with lghter speckling and with a light median line on 
body of wood brown; sole a lighter buffy brown, obscurely mar- 
gined a slightly deeper tone of the same; brown-based variety 
usually rather darker, the margins of the dorsum together with 
the tail region buffy brown, the head and sides of body clove 
brown with minute buffy brown spots and a narrow median line 
of the same; sole army brown, the marginal zone not very dis- 
tinct. 

Howuotype: Cat. No. 7687 of the author’s collection. Paratypes 
Cat. No. 7688 of same collection; others to be deposited in the 
collections of Allyn G. Smith, E. P. Chace, the United States Na- 
tional Museum, the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 
and Stanford University. 

Type-Locauity: Beaver Creek about one mile above mouth, 
Siskiyou County, California; Leo Shapovalov, 27 May 1934. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 31 


Maxi- Mini- Diam- Num- 
mum mum Alti- eter ber 
diam- diam- tude of um- of 
eter eter bilicus whorls 
7688. Paratype ..... 26.8 RD) pad LS: aia 64 
“ Sees pines 25.8 Del G4 See 64 
re SH, toners 25.8 22.1 tG2 Dah 3 
ee ec Rae DAS ya PA a2. pisyal 3.0 6 
bis Se pee A 21.0 wont 3.2, 64 
ih ph ME 24.6 PALE: 15.1 2.6 64 
7688a. wir x 24.5 20.7 14.3 2.8 52 
769la. Brown base 24.2 20.6 16.1 2.0 6 + 
7687. Holotype ...... 24.1 20.5 15.4 2.8 64 
7688. Paratype ..... 24.1 20.3 15.4 Dag 53 
7691b. Brown base 24.2 2027 15.4 PT 64 
7688b. Paratype ..... Dea 20.1 15,4 2.5 64 
7688. “ae MT GD AN 19.3 dees 2.5 5% 
7688ce. Sash Meee oe 19.3 14.8 2:5 6+ 
7688. Seal taco AS 18.7 se 2.5 6 
a Sa eed I LBZ 12.9 2.4 53 


The special characteristics of this very distinct race are the 
small size, thin translucent shell, completely permeable umbilicus, 
reduced banding, generally pale yellowish coloration, and sharply 
contrasted heavy peripheral band. It is one of the most beautiful 
snails we know in a specific complex where nearly all examples 
are strikingly handsome. The warm coloring and extremely con- 
spicuous peripheral band give the shell an aspect more suggestive 
of one of the Oriental Euhadras than ean be said of any other 
West American snail I know. The name selected, besides doing 
honor to the discoverer, finds additional significance in its sug- 
gestion of the tawny hues of the shell. 

These snails were found by the collector in some numbers on 
dead alder leaves near the stream and likewise on alder trunks to 
a height of about nine feet. 


MOoNADENIA FIDELIS KLAMATHICA new subspecies 


Diagnosis: Shell of but moderate size and heaviness, low-conic 
or low pyramidal-conic, umbilicate; the umbilicus steep-walled, 
distinetly permeable to apex, and having a maximum diameter in 
the type specimen of about one-ninth the major diameter of the 


32 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (1) 


shell, but in other specimens usually narrower (1/12 to 1/14 the 
diameter of the shell). Whorls about 64 or a trifle less, convex, 
the last with the superior portion distinetly descending in front. 
Aperture ovate, somewhat flattened below, and deflected from the 
vertical axis about 48°. Peristome sinuous, distinctly everted 
below and especially at the umbilicus, the outline of which thus 
becomes materially indented, but,only slightly expanded on the 
upper segment; the edges converging and connected by a thin but 
evident callus. 

Surface of first 1? turns densely and closely set with diamond- 
shaped papillae usually eroded in mature shells, separated by nar- 
row grooves, of which the obliquely descending are rather more 
distinct than the obliquely ascending ones, but the arrangement 
not always wholly regular. Lines of growth absent or difficult to 
make out on the first turn and a half, but quite strong on the suc- 
ceeding quarter turn, after which the diamond-shaped papillation 
abruptly ceases, but the growth wrinkles, becoming further ac- 
eentuated, are henceforth the dominant periostracal ornamenta- 
tion. Surface of main portion of shell smooth and _ polished, 
unsculptured both above and below save for the lines of growth 
and a very finely incised almost microscopic spiral striation. 

Color a much richer and darker chestnut brown, or a glossy 
light seal brown on the spire, and with a conspicuous tri-colored 
band bordering the periphery, the dark central stripe of about 
2.5 mm. thickness being approximately the color of the base of the 
shell and in rich contrast to the stripe just below it which is of 
a thickness of 1.5 mm, and is ochraceous buff to yellow ochre in 
eolor. The uppermost band of hazel is slightly narrower than 
the lowermost and less conspicuous. 


Maxi- Mini- Diam- Num- 
mum mum Alti- eter ber 
diam- diam- tude of um- of 

eter eter bilicus whorls 
Ee es es cscs 3o.2 27.4 19.6 3.6 64 
FATAY Ie. ce. S25 malt 19.7 Daa 64 
i an 30.4 26.2 20.0 Fahy) 64 
“0 30.2 25.4 18.6 22 h 


Type: Cat. No. 6011 Berry Coll. 

ParatyPEs: Cat. No. 6172 Berry Coll. and Cat. No. 2714 A. G. 
Smith Coll. 

Typr-Locauity: Along Oak Flat Creek, near Klamath River, 
Siskiyou County, California; 3 living and 1 dead adults, 4 living 
juvenals, and 8 fragmentary shells; Allyn G. Smith; 7 July, 1924. 

ReMarRKs: This seems a very distinct, though possibly local, 
subspecies of fidelis, and an exceedingly beautiful one. The dis- 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 33 


tinetive characters are the comparatively small size, low-conie 
form, polished surface, and rich dark coloring, set off by the 
bright ochraceous banding. In the open funicular umbilicus of 
some of the shells the suggested approach is toward M. mormo- 
num, which it also approaches in habitat as nearly as any member 
of the true fidelis series which the present writer has seen. 


NOTES AND NEWS 


Exact Dates or Tue Nautitus.—Volume 50 (1): pp. 1-36, 
was mailed July 14, 1986; (2): 37-72, pl., Oct. 29, 1936; (3): 
73-108, Jan. 29, 19387; (4): 109-144 (+ vill), May 4, 1937—H. 
bb. B: 


A CorreEcTION : Drymaeus fusagasuganus.—By error this name 
was printed Drymaeus ‘‘tusagasuganus,’’ Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Phila., vol. 87, p. 85, 1985. The locality is Fusagasuga, near 
Bogota, Colombia. In the same paper, pp. 83-4, ‘‘Plectostylus’’ 
was printed instead of Plekocheilus.—H. A. Prussry. 


MIcRARIONTA HARPERI ORCUTTIANA, new name.—Sonorella 
bailey orcutt: Bartsch, Smiths. Mise. Coll. 47: 196, 1904, now 
referred to the genus Micrarionta, is homonymous with EH piphrag- 
mophora orcutti Dall, 1900, which is also a Micrarionta, though 
belonging to a different section of that genus. According to 
Willett (Nautius 50: 123) my orcutts is a subspecies of M. har- 
pert (Bryant), 1900. It may be ealled Micrarionta harperi 
orcuttiana.—PavL BARTSCH. 


THE SELECTION oF Famity NAMeEs.—In recent years some au- 
thors have changed well-known family names on the pretext that 
they were not formed from the names of the oldest genus included 
in the family. The International Commission on Nomenclature 
has now considered this in Opinion 133, concluding that ‘‘The 
original author of a family name is free to select any contained 
genus as the nomenclatorial type of that family. It is not neces- 
sary to select the oldest included genus as type genus of the 
family.’’ 


THE SUPPOSED INTRODUCTION OF AN AFRICAN ARCHACHATINA 
INTO THE West INpIEs.—In our recent revision of the genus 
Archachatina we mentioned (Rev. Zool. Bot. Afric., vol. 29, 1936, 


34 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (1) 


p. 81) Dr. F. Haas’ record of A. marginata (Swainson) being 
found at Frankfort a.-M., Germany, supposedly introduced with 
bananas from Jamaica. The occurrence of this large West Afri- 
can snail in the West Indies seemed, however, highly problemati- 
eal to Dr. Haas and to us. Dr. Caesar R. Boettger has kindly 
informed us that, in his opinion, the Frankfort Archachatina was 
introduced with bananas from Victoria, Cameroons. At present 
Germany receives bananas, not only from the West Indies and 
Canary Islands, but also regularly from Cameroon. There seems 
to be no evidence whatsoever that any of the large Achatinidae 
have been imported as yet from Africa into the West Indies.— 
J. BEQUAERT and W. J. CLENCH. 


Foop or Cassis MADAGASCARIENSIS.—For five years it has been 
noticed that nearly all specimens of living Cassis madagascarien- 
sis Lam. were found in, or near, clusters, or colonies, of the young 
sea urchin Toxopneustes variegatus (Lam.). Therefore, the 
opinion was formed that these urchins must be the food of this 
species of Cassis. Positive proof that this opinion was correct 
was produced on March 23, 1937, when upon removing the animal 
parts of a specimen of madagascariensis the undigested spines of 
what appeared to be several of this sea urchin was found in the 
inner parts of the Cassis. Since Cassis tuberosa and Cassis tes- 
ticulis also are found mostly in or around these urchin colonies it 
is very probable that they are also fond of the food so evidently 
favored by their cousin.—F RANK B. Lyman, Lantana, Fla. 


PLEURODONTE GUADELOUPENSIS DOMINICANA, new subspecies.— 
The shell is smaller than the Martinique race (P. g. roseolabrum), 
but with the teeth in the basal lip as widely spaced as in that, the 
bay between them therefore wider than in P. guadeloupensis. 
Typically russet to cinnamon-brown with light summit, but some- 
times olive-buff, or olive-buff with some brown on the spire; peri- 
stome white or brown. Height 9.2 mm., diam. 14.6 mm., or 
smaller, diam. 12 mm. PI. 2, fig. 3. Dominica, B. W. L., coll. 
by Benj. Sharp, C. A. Barber, T. Barbour and others, the type, 
78306 ANSP., coll. by C. A. Barber. Many specimens show that 
while this Dominican race is close to that of Martinique and ex- 
hibits much the same color variations, it appears constantly 
separable.—H. A. Pinspry and T. D. A. CoCKERELL. 


July, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 35 


RHACHISTIA HISTRIO IN NEw CALEDONIA.—When my wife and 
I were in New Caledonia, we found snails on the small trees and 
bushes at Bourail; the only truly arboreal species observed on the 
island. It was easy to identify the species as Rachis magem 
Gassies, recorded from Prony Bay, Balade, Bourail, Isle of Pines, 
and the Loyalty Islands. It is variable and the color varieties 
have been named monozona Crosse, colorata Crosse, punctata 
Gassies, and wnicolor Gassies. The shell from Kanala, called 
zonulatus Pfeiffer, 1863, is said to be the same as magem. In the 
New Caledonia fauna this species is entirely isolated, and appears 
exotic. I brought back some alcoholic material and Lieut.-Col. 
A. J. Peile has kindly mounted the radula. He finds that 
the species is identical with Rhachistia (Eorrhachis) histrio 
(Pfeiffer) —T. D. A. CocKERELL. 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA SONOMA, n. sp.—The shell is rather strongly 
depressed, umbilicate, the umbilicus contained about 74 times in 
diameter. Color varying from cinamon-brown to tawny-olive, 
paler on both sides of the chestnut-brown band above periphery. 
Surface glossy, the first 14 whorls microscopically and indis- 
tinetly wrinkled radially, with a few low, sparsely scattered 
pustules ; following two whorls with fine growth striae and a few 
seattered pustules; last whorl finely wrinkle striate with some 
shallow malleation at and below the periphery, and faint traces 
of spiral impressed lines below the suture, near aperture. The 
whorl scarcely descends in front. Aperture oval, fawn color 
and showing the dark and light bands inside. Peristome is ex- 
panded above, narrowly reflected outwardly and at base, the colu- 
mellar dilation impinging but little on the umbilicus. Height 
13.8 mm., diam. 23.6 mm.; 6 whorls, or 13.5 x 22.6 mm. Monte 
Rio, Sonoma Co., California. Type and paratype 153680 ANSP.., 
eoll. by Stanley C. Field. It is smaller than H. sequovrcola, more 
depressed, with papillae so few that they are easily overlooked. 
—H. A. Prussry. 


RissoA BrERMUDEZI AGUAYO AND REHDER.—Dr. Wendell P. 
Woodring has called my attention to the fact that Rissoa (Fo- 
linia) bermudezt, which Dr. Aguayo and I described a short 
while ago (Memorias Soc. Cubana Hist. Nat., vol. 9, 1936, p. 265) 


36 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (1) 


is similar to a form from the Bowden formation which he named 
Rissoa lepida, erecting for it a new subgenus, Mirarissoina (Car- 
negie Inst. Washington, Publ. no. 885, p. 365). Our species is 
therefore the first living form to be referred to Mirarissoina, a 
group which is not closely related to Folinia, as Woodring has 
pointed out (loe. cit.). R. bermudezi differs from lepida Wood- 
ring in being larger, with finer spiral sculpture, and with a con- 
spicuous apophysis on the parietal wall at the anal notch; lepida 
has only a slight protuberance there—H. A. REHDER. 


THE TypicAL Form or HELMINTHOGLYPTA CALIFORNIENSIS 
(Lea).—Some time ago I had occasion to overhaul our helices of 
the californiensis group, but was stumped by finding two distinct 
subspecies from Cypress Point, Monterey Bay, in our collection, 
and I could not understand how it was possible for two subspecies 
to occupy the same zone, and yet they were perfectly good dis- 
tinct forms. So in going West in 1923 I ran down to Cypress 
Point and scratched around for material, which resulted in my 
finding the big form among the dead cypress needles on the main- 
land of the Point. This is the Helix vincta Val., and that race 
only occurred at this place. I had previously talked with Dr. 
Dall about this problem. He had collected there in the sixtys, 
and he told me that he had camped out at the Point over night 
in order that he might be able at low tide to examine some of the 
offlying rocks. He thought it might be possible that the smaller 
shells, which he had collected and which were put in with our 
larger things, all labelled Cypress Point, might have come from 
some of the offlying rocks. With that end in view, I jumped over 
to these offlying rocks at the Point, and there discovered the small 
race in company with the small race of E. dupetithouarsi crowded 
together under mats of ice plants (Mesembryanthemum). This 
small race is the Helix californiensis of Lea. We have three speci- 
mens in our Lea collection received from Nuttall by Lea, just as 
he states in his description; so they are undoubtedly part of the 
material used by Lea in his description. The mystery, therefore, 
of the relationship of the larger H. vincta and californiensis is 
solved, since they do not occupy the same territory, but distinct 
habitats. Both names can therefore be retained.—PAUL BartscuH, 
letter of Jan. 20, 1927. 


THE NAUTILUS: 51 (2) PLATE 4 


1, Aurinia torrei Pils., with apical whorls x 4. 2, Helminthoglypta traski misiona 
Chace. 3, Turbonilla (Pyrgolampros) skogsbergi Strong. Type, length 5.6 mm., 


and apical whorls of paratype, length 2.5 mm. 


THE NAUTILUS 


Vol. 51 October, 1937 No. 2 


AURINIA TORREI, A NEW CUBAN VOLUTE 


BY H. A. PILSBRY 


In June of this year Dr. Carlos de la Torre received from Sefior 
Prida, an able amateur conchologist, two volutid shells which had 
been taken in a nasa (fish trap) in over 10 fathoms, off Cayo 
Francis, Caibarien, on the north coast of central Cuba. 

This graceful volute, distinguished for its beauty in a family 
famous for lovely lines and coloring, may appropriately be named 
in honor of Dr. CARLOS DE LA ToRRE, premier authority on Cuban 
mollusks, and President of the American Malacological Union. 


AURINIA TORREI, new species 
Plate 4, fig. 1 


The shell is fusiform with rather long anterior canal, not very 
thick, glossy. Color pale ochraceous-buff, darkening on the an- 
terior canal to light ochraceous-salmon, the first two whorls white ; 
with a series of short, protractive, oblong to trapezoidal spots of 
mars brown to russet color below the suture, connected by a weak, 
irregularly developed subsutural band, which begins at the end 
of the second whorl! and fades out on the last whorl. Around the 
base, at the origin of the anterior canal, there is an obliquely 
spiral series of short streaks, like the subsutural spots in color. 
The apex is formed of a short projecting point; the surface of 
the first whorl is uneven. Near the end of the second whorl fine 
Spiral striae appear, continuing to the penult whorl where they 
gradually disappear. The fourth and later whorls become bluntly 
shouldered and develop short axial folds which are prominent 
at the shoulder but disappear above and below it. There are 
about fifteen such folds on the penult whorl; on the last half of 
the last whorl they become subobsolete. The long aperture is 

(37) 


38 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


tinted within like the outside. Outer lip blunt, in profile view 
seen to be retracted towards suture and base. Columella almost 
straight, smooth. Length 113 mm., diam. 38 mm.; length of 
aperture 72.5 mm.; 6 whorls. 

This species is not closely related to any of the known aurinias, 
being perhaps nearest to A. dubia Brod. 

The type is 168804 A.N.S.P.; another specimen is in Dr. de la 
Torre’s possession. 


NOTES ON THE RECENT SPONDYLUS OF FLORIDA 


BY HUGH C. FULTON 


The following species of Spondylus have been quoted in various 
publications as having been taken off Florida, viz.: Spondylus 
americanus Lamk., S. echinatus Lamk., 8. spathuliferus Sow. 
(non Lamk.), and S. gussont Costa. The first two named are 
conspecific. S. spathuliferus Sow. is ictericus Reeve, and S. gus- 
sont Costa (a Mediterranean species), is probably a wrong identi- 
fication. This leaves two species. 


1. Spondylus dominicensis Roding. 

1784. Spondylus echinatus Martyn, Univ. Conch. fig. 154 (not 
binomial). 

1798. Sp. domimcensis Roding. Bolten Catalogue p. 193. 

1819. Sp. americanus Lamk., Anim. sans Vert. Vol. VI, p. 
188 (not of Schreiber, 1793). 

1819. Sp. arachoides Lamk., Anim. sans Vert., Vol. VI, p. 
188. 


Two other names have been associated with americanus Lk. 
They are longispina and avicularis both of Lamarck. I am unable 
to identify avicularis, but it is certainly not the same as amert- 
canus Lk. Sp. longispina Lk. is a synonym of Sp. pesasininus 
Roding. 

In my ‘‘List of species of Spondylus,’”’ Jour. of Conch. 1915, p. 
331, I followed Hedley and Pilsbry in ‘‘Nautilus,’’ Vol. 26, p. 46, 
in giving Hermann, 1781, as author of the name americanus; but 
I have since discovered that it was a nomen nudum, no adequate 
description or reference to any figure being given. 

The next earliest name available known to me is dominicensis 
Roding. 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 39 


Schreiber’s Sp. americanus (Versuch einer Vollstandigen Con- 
ehylienkenntniss, 1793) is to me the same as the variegatus Rod- 
ing (Bolten Catalogue p. 194). I am unable to agree with Cox 
(Proc. Mal. Soe. Lond. Vol. 18, p. 251) that Schreiber’s species is 
Lamarck’s longitudinalis, a species that I believe to be uniden- 
tifiable. 

2. Spondylus ictericus Reeve. 

1856. Spondylus ictericus Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. XI, fig. 40 
(a beach-rolled specimen). 

1848. Spondylus spathuliferus Sow., Thes. Conch. p. 421, pl. 


89, fig. 61. (Not of Lamarck, 1819, a synonym of ducalis Roding, 
1798.) 


The type of ictericus is beach-rolled and difficult to associate 
with perfect specimens. One requires a series in varying condi- 
tions to see the connection. I recently received a fine specimen 
from Mr. Lermond, it was taken 80 miles off the west coast of 
Florida. This species appears to be common in the West Indies, 
and like most Spondyli varies greatly in color and in the disposi- 
tion and length of its spines. 


A DENSE AGGREGATION OF SNAILS 
BY E. A. ANDREWS 


(Plate 5) 


The crowding together of animals, not members of a family or 
colony, may sometimes be brought about by favorable conditions 
for feeding and such seems to have been the case in the aggrega- 
tion to be described. Land snails may aggregate about limestone, 
or even old oyster shells, and marine snails may crowd together 
upon sea weed between tides, or about food on mud flats. T. D. 
A. Cockerell in Science Gossip, 1885, described Limnaea stagnalis 
on a newspaper in a pond: ‘‘So that for a space of about a foot 
square nothing else could be seen.’’ In fresh-water streams the 
density of snail population varies much from point to point. 

The ‘‘Great River’’ of the northwest part of Jamaica B. W. I. 
drains a limestone area some twenty miles long and ten wide as 
a rapid stony stream with but a few miles of submerged bed 
where set back by the sea and navigable for canoes. Among the 


40 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (2) 


various snails living in its rapid waters is the Neritina alticola 
described by Pilsbry in 1932, from specimens taken in 1910 far up 
the main stream near Marchmont at an elevation of 627 feet. 
But in 1932 this locality yielded only the common river snail, 
Hemisinus lineolatus—and it appeared as if the encroaching 
banana cultivation had modified the conditions too greatly. But 
at a much greater elevation this species was common both in 1910 
and 1932 in the branch stream arising from the spring at 
*‘Spanish Dam,’’ Catadupa. In the main stream also, some miles 
farther down, these snails were collected both at Shettlewood 
Bridge and Lethe Bridge in 1932, at elevations of 300 and 216 
feet. In the last named locality there were also some Ampullaria 
fasciata and Neritina virginea. This last species, along with 
Neritina punctulata, was found in great numbers a few miles yet 
farther down stream where the last rapids enter the smooth tide- 
level reach of the river. This locality is shown in figure 1. Here 
is the head of an old sluice that once carried water to a hydro- 
electric plant for the town of ‘‘Montego Bay.’’ The scattered 
stones swarmed with old and young snails of these two species of 
Neritina along with few Hemisinus lineolatus; and many of the 
small Neritilia succinea Sby. in clusters of fifty to a hundred. In 
June 1910 these Neritinas were so thickly crowded on rocks and 
stones, little below water level, that, in a short time, there were 
collected by hand some eight quarts containing 5249 shells. A 
month later still more were taken, by feeling them in the turbid 
rising freshet flow on the deeper surfaces and under sides of large 
stones. Often the snails Neritina punctulata were deeper down 
than the Neritina virginea and in spite of their wider flat form, 
that seems so well shaped to cling to stones, they fell off more 
readily when touched than the rounder N. virginea, escaping in 
the flood of rushing waters. This shrinking-in reaction may be 
what was described for certain Neritinas by Fredericque as 
‘‘death-feigning,’’ reported in ‘‘The Biology of the Sea Shore,”’ 
by Flattely and Walton. In July 1932 both species of Neritina 
were still abundant in this same locality. They were commonly 
‘not far beneath the surface, crawling upon rocks and upon old 
water-logged trunks of trees, sometimes in clusters, so that several 
were taken in the hand at once. Neritilia also occurred then as 


ae » 
7 : 
; 
a 
‘ r, t 
> 
s ; 
5 
r i 
« 
. —— —" 


5 oy es - f : ft ss se fe Baas a 
> De _ eae +e SE i ase Pi PAs.A 


PLATE 5 


ol (2) 


THE NAUTILUS: 


‘pipjnjound *N pusw vpawiba DULPIAN °S 


“BOLBUIB 


£ 


‘10 


ATY Yea) 


‘ 


[ ‘Slq—:SMe1puy “V 


‘a 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 41 


twenty-two years before, but chiefly under the larger stones, and 
when these were placed upside down out of water these small 
snails began a rapid flight, in files one after the other, from the 
light down under the inverted stone. Egg capsules of both 
species of Neritina were very abundant over the stones and wood 
under water, as were the capsules of Neritina alticola in the upper 
reaches of this river; this being a breeding season. 

In 1910 the greatest crowding of Neritinas was in certain de- 
pressions in the rocks of midstream where unusual amounts of 
moss and algal growths seem to have attracted the snails which 
were also here somewhat more protected from the force of the 
stream. One such depression had an area measured as one square 
foot and from it were taken all the shells shown in figure 2. This 
photograph represents a square foot of paper on which all the 
shells were paced in lines according to size, covering closely all 
the square foot except for the small area below, still seen as white 
paper. While in the original habitat some of the snails were 
crawling upon top of one another the rock surface wall well 
covered since there were many Neritilia and some small young 
Neritinas not collected and hence not shown in figure 2. The 
entire number of shells from this square foot was 829, or at the 
rate of 5.7 per square inch. Most of them, 765, were Neritina 
punctulata at the rate of 5.3 per square inch and only 64 Neritina 
virgined, at the rate of less than one-half to the square inch. As 
seen in figure 2, these snails were not all of one size but were a 
collection of various sizes, and presumably ages, of which some 
of the very smallest and youngest were not captured. Those col- 
lected and shown in the photograph were: 37 of diameter 17—23 
mm. that stuck on a wire mesh of 11 mm. side; 706 sticking on a 
mesh of 5.5 mm. ; 82 on a mesh of 4.5; and but 4 on a mesh of 3.5. 
Apparently all but 37 of the Neritina punctulata were young of 
several ages while 50 of the 64 N. virginea were well grown. 

The water in this locality is so heavily charged with lime that 
calcareous sinter forms not only upon stones but upon the shells 
of these snails many of which bear minute algal growths that ac- 
cumulate the white deposits so noticeable upon many of the shells 
in figure 2; upon the upper surfaces and about the lower rims. 
Not only is there an abnormal rough white surface thus given to 
many of these shells but the form and proportions are distorted, 


42 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


since the growths from the inner lip become eventually covered 
by the nacre secreted by the snail over this hard incrustation as 
over natural shell. Hence when acid is added to remove the 
sinter the inner lip projects as a sharp ridge beyond the natural 
contours of a normal shell. 

The great numbers of these Neritinas found crowded in certain 
depressions of the rocks in this locality gives an exaggerated idea 
of the density of distribution in this part of the river, and the 
real density of population could be better expressed by averages 
of counts from many small areas; which is the method of Fridtjof 
Oekland in his studies of the land snails of Norway (Zeitschrift f. 
Morphologie u. Oekologie der Tiere, Bd. 16, 1930. pp. 748-804). 
He selected areas one-sixteenth of a square meter, that is 25 cm. 
on a side, or about 100 square inches. Some land species occurred 
two or up to five to some of these areas but the most dense records 
were for Punctum pygmaeum with a maximum of 108 to a square; 
that is more than one to a square inch. In the Great River region 
illustrated in figures 1 and 2, the population of Neritina punctu- 
lata, 765 to a square foot, is 531 to one of these squares of 25 cm. 
side, which is of course far in excess of the density of most land 
snails, and five times the special crowd of Punctum pygmaeum; 
and the sizes being so different the amount of free space left for 
snails to move on is not expressed by the above comparison. Evi- 
dently from the photograph (Figure 2) the feeding area is so 
densely inhabited that few more snails could use it and the advent 
of more snails would lead to taking turns in eating; and we may 
regard this as nearly the maximum population possible for a 
square foot of rock. Elsewhere along the river from the surface 
down a few feet, on rocks and stones, the population may have 
varied from several to a dozen per square foot, but this was not 
definitely measured. 

Though the two species of Neritina here occur together there 
was some tendency for the Neritina virginea to be nearer to the 
surface, yet various intermingling groups were found. This com- 
mingling of species seems common in this family, as noted a 
century ago by Quoy and Gaimard in the Voyage of the Astro- 
labe. They say: ‘‘Les Nerites sont tres repandues dans les pays 
chaud. Elles aiment vivre en famille. Aussi en trouve-t-on 
plusieurs especes groupies sur la meme roche.’’ 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 43 


NOTES ON “AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY” BY THOMAS 
SAY, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE 
SEVENTH PART EDITED BY 
T. A. CONRAD 


BY H. E. WHEELER 


In my life of Timothy Abbott Conrad? I gave a brief review 
of his continuation of Say’s American Conchology, six parts of 
which had been published at the time of the author’s death in 
1834. Conrad declined the honor of preparing a memoir of his 
friend for the Academy of Natural Sciences,? but agreed to con- 
tinue his work on the American Conchology. This ambitious 
project was intended to feature the molluscan life of the whole 
North American continent. The plates for Part VII had been 
prepared, five of them at any rate, before Say’s death, and the 
text, with but short editorial additions, was soon ready for the 
press. The part was probably published early in 1835.3 

At the time of the preparation of the bibliography for the Con- 
rad biography, I had located only two copies of Say’s work con- 
taining Part VII, both of which were in the Library of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. A recent search 


1 Timothy Abbott Conrad, Bull. Amer. Paleont., Vol. 23, Ithaca, N. Y. 
1935, pp. 62, 63, 134. 

2 The earliest known memoir of Say is the biographical sketch prepared 
by Benjamin Horner Coates, M.D., at the request of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences, and read on December 16, 1834. It was published by order of the 
Academy, and printed by W. P. Gibbons, Philadelphia, in 1835. This memoir 
did not appear in the Proceedings of the Academy. It comprises thirty-two 
pages of text, six of which are devoted to a Bibliography of Say’s writings. 
Only two copies of this rare pamphlet have been located, one in the Library 
of the Academy (acquired in 1929), the other in the Library of Congress. 

3 The catalogue card of the Library of Congress gives the date of publi- 
cation as 1838, but with a question mark. I am informed by Mr. J. Leavitt, 
Chief of the Catalogue Division of the Library of Congress, that this date 
depended on a penciled note by Mr. Jahr on the margin of a copy of Binney’s 
‘*Complete Writings of Thomas Say,’’ New York, 1858, p. 226, which reads: 
‘*Gould in 1841 (Inv. Mass. 147) speaks of it as ‘recently published ’—from 
collateral evidence, he means since 1838.’’? Neither the author nor the 
Library of Congress have been able to trace the collateral evidence known 
to Mr. Jahr. 


? 


44 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


through the accumulated literature at the Academy by Dr. James 
A. G. Rehn resulted in finding two complete copies of Say’s 
American Conchology, and a small package containing copies of 
Part VII in the original covers. This discovery prompted a more 
thorough inquiry as to the status of original copies in public and 
private collections, which inquiry disclosed the facts which are 
here presented. It will be apparent that this work, with or with- 
out the supplemental section edited by Conrad, is one of the great 
rarities in American scientific literature. 


Original Copies of Say’s American Conchology 


Perhaps the most important copy of this work is the one pre- 
sented by Mr. Say’s widow to the Academy of Natural Sciences, 
the date of acquisition being prior to 1840. The covers, text, and 
plates are intact, though the covers are bound in at the back. The 
Academy possesses another copy, which was presented to the in- 
stitution by J. S. Phillips subsequent to 1862, since the accession 
slip is in the handwriting of Dr. Nolan, who was not connected 
with the Academy until 1862. One of the copies recently discov- 
ered in the Academy storeroom, and now the property of Dr. 
Irene McCulloch, of the University of Southern California, is 
complete, but the covers have been bound in at the back. The 
other copy found at the same time is also complete, and in the 
original sheets and covers. It was purchased by Mr. J. R. LeB. 
Tomlin, of St. Leonards-on-Sea, England. 

Sabin’s Bibliotheca Americana attributes a copy of the Seventh 
Part to the New York State Library, Albany, N. Y. This par- 
ticular copy must have perished in the great fire of 1912, for the 
copy now owned by the Library does not contain the concluding 
signature. It lacks also the Glossary and the original covers. 
The Union Library Catalogue attributes a copy to the Library of 
Harvard College. This copy was located in the Library of the 
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge. It is complete, 
though the copy has been broken up in rebinding, the text and 
the plates being arranged to suit a classification agreeable to the 
original owner. The covers have not been retained, and the 
copy is minus the Glossary. Other copies containing Part VII 
are in the John Crerar Library, Chicago; the Library of the Uni- 


Gor 71937 | THE NAUTILUS 45 


versity of Michigan, which copy was originally in the library of 
the late Bryant Walker; and the Historical Society of Pennsyl- 
vania, Philadelphia. All three copies lack the original covers and 
the Glossary. 

There is a bound copy in the Library of the University of Chi- 
cago, containing the six parts, with the original covers, and the 
Glossary. The Boston Public Library, the Franklin Institute, 
Philadelphia, and the Library of Congress all have bound copies, 
lacking Part VII and the covers. The Boston Public Library has 
also the Glossary; the others probably have the Glossary either 
bound in or preserved separately. 

The Indiana State Library has two copies, each containing the 
six parts without covers. One is known as the Holliday copy, 
and has the Glossary; the other has the Glossary but the plates 
are bound in at the end of the volume. 

The copy originally owned by Roswell Marsh is now in the 
writer’s collection. It is bound in order, but the covers are miss- 
ing, though the Glossary accompanies the volume, being inserted 
as a separate. Roswell Marsh was a pioneer surveyor west of the 
Mississippi River, who had to execute some of his commissions 
under military protection. Marsh’s copy was bequeathed to his 
nephew, Charles EH. Udell, of Dubuque, Iowa, and bears the auto- 
graph of both owners. 

A bound copy, containing six parts, but no covers, and possibly 
the Glossary, is in the Workingman’s Library, New Harmony, 
Indiana, where Say lived and where he is buried. 

Finally, there is the copy originally owned by W. G. Binney, 
containing all seven parts, the text, plates, and covers in their 
original order, though the Glossary is not included. This copy 
is now in the possession of the writer. 

Records show that there was once a copy of Say in the Library 
of the Smithsonian Institution, but it cannot be located now. 
Inquiries failed to find a copy in the libraries of Dr. William H. 
Dall or John B. Hendesron, Jr., both of which are in the Depart- 
ment of Mollusks in the National Museum. The Library of West- 
ern Reserve Historical Society, Cleveland, Ohio, and the Boston 
Public Library, each possess a copy of Part I. 

Summary.—Of the eighteen copies of Say’s American Conchol- 


46 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


ogy so far located nine have all seven parts, but only five of these 
have the original covers. Of the five, only one bound copy, that 
originally owned by W. G. Binney, and the unbound set now in 
the Tomlin eollection, have the text, plates, and covers in their 
original sequence.* 

Of the four complete copies which do not have the covers, all 
are bound; but one has the text and the plates collated according 
to a classification not specified. 

Of the remaining nine copies, all, with one exception, are bound, 
and all lack the original covers. 

The Glossary, issued separately, and paged, which was pre- 
sented to all paid up subscribers with Part V, is, as far as I can 
check the matter, bound up with at least eight, possibly nine, 
copies, or it is preserved as a separate. 

The most perfect copy is the Binney copy, and the next the 
unbound copy in the Tomlin collection. 

Say’s American Conchology, then, when complete is composed 
of 240 unnumbered pages of text, in seven parts, with a cover for 
each, and sixty-eight colored plates. The Glossary is a supple- 
mental work of twenty-four numbered pages, containing an alpha- 
betically arranged dictionary of conchological terms, sometimes 
included with Part V. 

Separata of Say’s article on Conchology from the third edition 
of Nicholson’s American Encyclopedia, 1819, are sometimes found 
in bound ecopies.® 


4 Since the above was written I have been informed by the Librarian of 
the British Museum that a complete copy of Say’s American Conchology is 
in the Library. It is in the original wrappers, lacking only the back cover 
of Part 1. The Glossary is bound separately. In addition, there is a 
separate copy of Part VII, in the original covers. Doubtless other copies 
will be found. 

5 The status of Say’s contributions to Nicholson’s Encyclopedia is now 
cleared by the researches of Mr. Roberts, Superintendent of the Reading 
Rooms of the Library of Congress. 

The first American edition of this work, published in 1816-17, carried in 
Vol. 2, an unsigned article of fourteen pages on Conchology. Vol. 7 has 
four plates bearing Say’s name. This article, as will be seen, is readily 
identified as the work of Say. 

The second American edition of the Encyclopedia, published in 1818, 
contains the same article of fourteen pages, and the four plates. The 
article is unsigned. 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 47 


Description of the Several Parts 


The rarity of the work is probably due to the conditions under 
which it was written and published. The author was remote 
from a reference library ; dependent on inadequate equipment at 
the New Harmony School Press, where the work was printed page 
at a time; and the public was indifferent to a technical and occa- 
sional paper on a new and unfamiliar subject. Say’s biographer, 
Dr. George Ord, sometime President of the Academy of Natural 
Sciences, and a close personal friend of the author, does not hesi- 
tate to characterize the work as a wretched and disgraceful exam- 
ple of American typography, whose only redeeming feature was 
the lovely plates drawn by Mrs. Lucy Say and engraved by such 
masters as Tiebout and Lyon. The work was, in fact, in glaring 
contrast to the superb volumes of Say on American Entomology, 
published under the liberal patronage of Mr. Samuel Augustus 
Mitchell, in Philadelphia (1824, 1825, 1828, three volumes; re- 
published by W. G. Binney, with the original plates, in 1859, in 
two volumes). Dr. Ord’s strictures on Say’s indifference to the 
habits and life history of his species are not always justified, his 
treatment of the genera Pecten, Ostrea, and Petricola, for exam- 
ple, being in every way commendable. 

Since the pages are not numbered, and the several parts do not 
have any distinguishing title pages, it is impossible without the 
covers in place to make sure of the original collation. A single 
part consisted usually of forty pages, and, with the exception of 
the Seventh Part, of ten plates. Two of the completely assembled 
copies preserve the original order. Most binders, unless specifi- 

The third American edition, published in 1819-21, contains, in Vol. 4, the 
same article, revised and enlarged to 20 pages, together with the four plates, 
and this is well known to be the work of Say. A paragraph from the re- 
vised article reads as follows: ‘‘ We think it proper to state, in addition to 
the above remarks, which are annexed to the descriptions in the first and 
second editions of this work, that several species and three new genera are 
now added, which, with the exception of a small number of new species now 
first published, we have previously given to the world, in several detached 
essays, in the pages of the Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences, in 
the collection of which Academy all the species are preserved.’’ 

In the London edition of Nicholson’s Encyclopedia, published in 1809, in 


Vol. 2, there is a seven page article on Conchology, without plates, but this 
was certainly not the work of Say. 


48 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


eally instructed, are almost sure to discard covers and advertising 
pages, though these materials are often rich in historic, and even 
scientific, data. 

Part I comprises forty pages of text, which count includes the 
title and dedication pages. The cover is the same as the title 
page, except that the space given to the name and connections of 
the author and a familiar quotation from Young is used for a 
Table of Contents. This table, as on all subsequent covers except 
that for Part VII, is arranged in the alphabetical generic order. 
At the foot of both the title page and the cover is the date of pub- 
lication, 1830. At the heading of the cover, in a single line, is the 
identification of the part: ‘‘Vol. I. No.1. Price $1.50 coloured.’’ 

The following thirteen species are treated in order: Astarte 
eastanea, Pandora trilineata, Oliva literata, Unio triangularis, 
Unio suleatus, Uno ridibundus, Unio monodonta, Delphinula ? 
laxa, Melania nupera, Melama depygis, Lutraria lineata, Palu- 
dina decisa, and Paludina vivipara. Four of these are for the 
first time described, and are indicated by italics. The ten plates, 
numbered 1—10, were engraved by C. Tiebout. 

The other pages of the cover have no printing on them, save the 
last which carries an ‘‘Erratum,’’ reading: ‘‘In the Observations 
on Unio ridibundus, for ‘ flagellatus, Nob.’ read sulcatus, Lea.’’ 

Part II consists of forty pages, the last two being blank, and 
ten plates, numbered 11-20. The species treated, thirteen in all, 
are enumerated as before in alphabetical generic order. The 
cover states that the number is Vol. I. No. II, and the date of pub- 
lication, given at the foot, is April, 1831. 

The species treated are: Anodonta suborbiculata, Nucula 
limatula, Nucula laevis, Nucula coneentrica, Helix albolabris, 
Helix thyroidus, Unio ellipsis, Unio subtentus, Unio undulatus, 
Unio abruptus, Solecurtus costatus, Fulgur pyruloides, and Glan- 
dina truncata. Of these only three are for the first time de- 
scribed, indicated as before by italics. On the last page of the 
cover there is an extended statement on the objectives of the work 
and an urgent appeal for the support of the project. The author 
promises a reduction in price of the parts from $1.50 to $1.00 as 
soon as a sufficient number of subscribers are enrolled, but gives 
any subscriber the privilege of withdrawing his name after con- 


a 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 49 


eluding his payment for the fourth number. It is feared that 
most of them availed themselves of this offer. 

Part III consists of forty pages of text and ten plates, num- 
bered 21-30. The typography of the cover is somewhat changed, 
a bolder type being used. The Section is designated simply as 
‘No. III. Price $1.50 coloured.’’ It bears the date, September, 
1830, but this was corrected on the last page of the cover of Part 
VI to read, 1831. On the last page of the cover there is a notice 
set in large type, in two lines, expressing a fear that because of 
the author’s ‘‘insular residence’’ some errors of nomenclature may 
have crept in. ‘‘Judicious eriticism”’ is solicited, which will be 
given space on the covers of succeeding issues. 

Sixteen species are treated in this number in the following 
order: Alasmodonta confragosa, Unio phaseolus, Unio tetralas- 
mus, Sigaretus perspectivus, Sigaretus maculatus, Venus grata, 
Sealaria clathrus, Scalaria multistriata, Scalaria lineata, Amphi- 
desma transversum, Amphidesma aequale, Fusus corneus, Fusus 
cinereus, Paludina ponderosa, Paludina subpurpurea, and Palu- 
dina intertexta. Six of these described as new are indicated by 
italics. 

Part IV, bearing on the cover the date of March, 1832, treats 
of fifteen species. As before there are ten plates, numbered 31- 
40. The table of contents arranged the genera in alphabetical 
order, but the textual order is as follows: Limneus umbrosus, 
Limneus reflexus, Limneus reflexus, Limneus elodes, Unio ven- 
' tricosa, Unio interruptus, Unio glebulus, Unio declivis, Arca 
staminea, Arca lienosa, Helix clausa, Helix elevata, Helix pro- 
funda, Siphonaria alternata, Bullina canaliculata, and Cardita 
tridentata. Only two of these are described as new in this num- 
ber, and both of these are fossils. The signature of a new en- 
graver, L. Lyon, appears on five of the plates, that of Tiebout on 
three, and two are unsigned. On the last page of the cover, sepa- 
rated from other notes by a heavy black lead, is the statement that 
since the publication of the preceding number Mr. Tiebout had 
died. 

Faithful to his agreement on the last page of the cover of Part 
III, Say published on the last page of the cover of Part IV a cor- 
rection of an erroneous conclusion he had drawn as to the habitat 


50 THE NAUTILUS [ Vor. 51 (2) 


of a shell he had received from Mr. Barabino, a correspondent of 
his in New Orleans. He stated that his Alasmodonta confragosa 
was not found in the Mississippi River near New Orleans, but in 
Bayou Teche, Louisiana, ‘‘about two hundred miles N. N. W. from 
New Orleans.’’ He also referred to the researches of another cor- 
respondent, Mr. O. Evans, which leave no doubt that Ampullaria 
urceus, published as a Mississippi River shell, is not an inhabitant 
of that stream; and made request for further information. 
(To be continued) 


THE SEASONAL LIFE HISTORY OF A LAND SNAIL, 
POLYGYRA THYROIDUS (SAY)? 


BY HARLEY J. VAN CLEAVE anp THURAL DALE FOSTER2 


After many years of collecting and field study of Polygyra 
thyroidus, the wooded flood plain of the Sangamon River about 
one and one-half miles northeast of White Heath in Piatt County, 
Illinois, was selected as a site for intensive study of this species 
of land snail. From 1931 to 1936 the junior author of this paper 
took a series of thirty-two population samples from this area and 
made extended field and laboratory observations. The collections 
included at least two representative samples for every month of 
the year and for most months three or even four samples were 
available for study. More than 2700 individuals of P. thyroidus 
were studied. Periods of flood and other circumstances pre- 
vented sampling at regular monthly intervals. The analysis of 
these collections yielded many points of interest concerning the 
biology of P. thyroidus, considered in a manuscript thesis pre- 
pared by the junior author. Two sections of this thesis have been 
published previously (Foster, 1936 and 1937). The present 
paper includes observations and conclusions relating to the sea- 
sonal life history of P. thyroidus. Rate of growth was deter- 
mined by distribution curves prepared for successive samples and 
checked by observations on individuals and groups kept in ter- 
raria. 


1 Contributions from the Zoological Laboratory of the University of 
Tilinois. 
2 Mr. Foster died June 6, 1936. 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 51 


In spite of prolonged observations, little information on mating 
in this species has been obtained. This is probably due to the 
fact that this species is largely nocturnal in habits and most of 
the field study was of necessity carried on in daylight. On No- 
vember 2, 1931, a pair of these snails was found in copulation in 
the field just at twilight and on the evening of September 21, 
1935, one pair was found in copula while a collection was being 
transported to the laboratory for study. These two instances 
give evidence that fertilization occurs in the fall. Collections of 
living snails brought into the laboratory in the fall have been 
kept under close observation for a period of five months, until eggs 
were laid, but the writers were not able to secure observations on 
copulation in these experiments. 

In the laboratory, P. thyroidus has been observed to deposit 
eggs as early as February 2, but in the field the earliest clutches 
of eggs were found on May 1 and other snails in the same area 
continued to deposit egg masses until August 15. 

The eggs usually occur in small, shallow holes in excavations in 
the soil prepared by the snail. In the area studied, eggs have 
never been found in the debris or rotten wood. The masses 
encountered in the field contained 20 to 70 eggs each. 

In terraria, at room temperature, 19 days has been the mini- 
mum time observed for hatching. However, eggs laid on the 
same day have shown as much as seven days’ difference in incuba- 
tion time when kept under the same general conditions of tem- 
perature and moisture. It is probable that there is even greater 
variability in incubation time under conditions of nature. The 
long egg-laying season, extending over several months, and the 
irregularity in time of hatching are factors which enable P. 
thyroidus to maintain itself under the unstable conditions of the 
flood plain. Changes such as those produced by flood waters are 
usually of but short duration and could not wipe out an entire 
new generation as might be the case if all of the eggs were 
deposited at the same time. 

There is extreme individual variation in growth rate in P. 
thyroidus. In laboratory experiments it has been repeatedly 
noticed that young snails of this species hatched in a terrarium 
from the same clutch of eggs do not grow at a uniform rate even 


52 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (2) 


when kept under similar environmental conditions. In a period 
of three months, individuals hatched at the same time and kept 
under identical conditions of light, moisture, temperature and 
food supply included some fully twice the shell diameter of others. 
Simpson (1901) noticed comparable differences in the growth 
rate of individuals of P. albolabris. 

Individual variability in growth rate, the long period during 
which eggs are laid and highly variable seasonal and environ- 
mental conditions encountered by the young at the extremes of 
the reproductive season introduce a series of highly complex 
variables into the interpretation of population samples. As 
pointed out by one of the authors of this paper (Foster, 1936) 
the extremes in size of adult shells in this and other species of 
and snails are so conspicuously different that earlier writers 
attributed distinct varietal status to the extremes in shell size. 
Distribution of shell size in this species conforms to a normal dis- 
tribution curve within which adult shells range from 18.5 to 24.5 
mm. in greater diameter. 

That growth rate is largely influenced by environmental condi- 
tions, as well as by individual peculiarities, has been shown by 
comparing rate of shell growth in specimens in terraria at room 
temperatures with individuals confined in enclosures out of doors. 
Previous observations based on analysis of successive samples had 
given evidence that P. thyroidus makes little growth during the 
winter months. This species seems to be restricted to woods 
nettles (Laportea canadense) and possibly other succulent vege- 
tation as food, for in nature there is little evidence of growth 
during the fall, winter and early spring. During the period from 
February 6 to April 3 forty-nine immature individuals of P. 
thyroidus were placed in a screened outdoor enclosure in ground 
cover from their original habitat. In eight weeks these indi- 
viduals added on the average but 0.09 mm. to the greater shell 
diameter. In the same period a comparable series kept in a 
terrarium at room temperatures and fed in lettuce showed an 
average increase of 1.3 mm. in greater diameter. On several 
occasions, young at room temperatures have shown an increase of 
more than 2 mm. in greater diameter per month and one 
individual grew 3 mm. in greater diameter in one month. 


Oer 1937) THE NAUTILUS 53 


Upon hatching the young of P. thyroidus are approximately 
3.5 mm. in greater diameter. Individuals of this size are found 
only with greatest difficulty in the loose soil and floor cover of 
the flood plain habitat. 

Collections of immature individuals taken in the winter months 
have a mode of lesser diameters falling at 7.5 mm. Similar col- 
lections taken in spring months have a mode for lesser diameter 
of the shell at 8.5 mm. Woods nettles, the chief food plant of P. 
thyroidus begins to appear in late April or early May. There- 
after growth is rapid and by August the mode for immature 
shells is about 16.5 mm. 

Practically all of the snails that pass one winter as immature 
young attain full growth, form a reflexed lip on the shell and are 
recognizable as mature adults by the following fall. Typically, 
the first breeding season is in the third year. 

In the attainment of mature form individuals show marked 
differences. During summer and fall, when growth rate is most 
pronounced, the largest juvenile shells are as much as 4 mm. 
greater in diameter than the smallest adult shells living with 
them. Growth rate tends to be relatively slow in the first season 
after hatching. One millimeter increase in diameter is about 
normal during the four summer and early fall months following 
hatching. Small snails that enter the winter season with a 
diameter of only about 7.5 mm. show marked increase in growth 
rate when active feeding starts in late April or early May. For 
a short period in early spring the increase in diameter is at a 
rate of approximately 2.5 mm. per month. 

Maturity requires more than one full year. The individuals 
which attain a lip in the fall of their second growing season pro- 
duce eggs the following spring when they have just completed 
their second year or are entering on their third year. Three or 
possibly four years seems to be the usual length of life for 
individuals of this species. 


REFERENCES CITED 


Foster, T. D. 1936.—Size of shell in land snails of the genus 
Polygyra, with particular reference to major and minor 
varieties. Amer. Midl. Nat., 17 (6): 978-982. 


54 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (2) 


(in press).—Productivity of a land snail, Polygyra 

thyroides (Say). 
Simpson, G. B. . 1901.—Anatomy and physiology of Polygyra 
albolabris and Limax maximus and embryology of 
ITimax maximus. Bull. N. Y. St. Museum, Vol. 8, no. 40. 


A NEW TURBONILLA FROM MONTEREY 
BAY, CALIFORNIA 


BY A. M. STRONG 


In a reconnaisance survey of Monterey Bay, California, Dr. 
Tage Skogsberg of the Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford Uni- 
versity has secured several specimens of an undescribed Twr- 
bonilla. These were submitted to Miss Myra Keen of the Stan- 
ford University Geology Department for identification ; recogniz- 
ing them as new she has in turn forwarded them to me for 
diagnosis and description. 


Genus TURBONILLA Risso, 1826 


Genotype by subsequent designation: Turbonilla plicatula 
Risso, 1826, not 7. plicatula (Broechi), 1814; (=Turbonilla 
typica Dall and Bartsch, 1903). 


Subgenus PyrR@oLAMPROS Sacco, 1892 
Genotype: Pyrgolampros mioperplicatulus Sacco, 1892. 


TURBONILLA (PYRGOLAMPROS) SKOGSBERGI Strong, new species. 
Pl. 4, figs. 3. 

Holotype: Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll. No. 6054. Para- 
type: Stanford Univ. Paleo. Type Coll. No. 6055. Type locality: 
Monterey Bay, five miles north of Monterey, California, at a 
depth of 28 fathoms. 


Description: Shell slender, acutely conic, shining, whitish, with, 
beginning on the third or fourth whorl, a brown band covering 
the anterior third of the whorls between the sutures and extend- 
ing over the periphery to the middle of the base; nuclear whorls 
small, depressed, not immersed, having their axis at right angles 
to that of the following whorls; postnuclear whorls moderately 
rounded, sutures distinct; axial sculpture consisting of about 18 
broad, nearly straight, slightly protractive ribs which extend 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 59 


from suture to suture but fade out just below the periphery, with 
shallow, narrower interspaces; spiral sculpture of numerous, fine, 
closely-spaced striations over the entire surface; periphery well 
rounded; base rather short, well rounded; aperture subquadrate, 
posterior angle acute, outer lip thin, showing the brown color- 
band within; columella slender, nearly straight. The holotype 
has lost the nucleus and first postnuclear whorl, the remaining 8 
whorls measure: length, 5.6, maximum diameter, 2.0 mm. The 
description of the nucleus was taken from an immature paratype 
of 5 whorls which measures: length, 2.5, maximum diameter, 0.8 
mm. 


Comparison: This species is nearest to Turbonilla (Pyrgolam- 
pros) newcombei Dall and Bartsch from British Columbia, differ- 
ing principally in the wider ribs and shorter base. Number of 
specimens: Two adults and six immature specimens, in addition 
to the type material, were dredged at the type locality. Col- 
lector: Dr. Tage Skogsberg ; specimens collected in 1935. Repost- 
tories of type material: Holotype and paratype, Stanford Univ. 
Paleo Type Coll. Other specimens are deposited in the collec- 
tions of the California Academy of Sciences, United States 
National Museum, and A. M. Strong. 


SOME LAND MOLLUSKS OF THREE COUNTIES 
IN EASTERN OHIO 


BY A. F. ARCHER 


There has been very little published on the land mollusks of 
the extreme eastern section of Ohio, and from many aspects this 
area is still somewhat of a terra incognita. In November, 1936, 
a preliminary survey of the fauna was undertaken by myself 
in order to explore the possibilities of future research. As 
stated in another paper the whole region has been badly defor- 
ested due to a combination of grazing, small-scale agriculture, 
and particularly the heavy demands on local timber by industry 
and mining. The bluffs above the Ohio River have been almost 
entirely denuded of their forest cover. In other areas woodland 
remains only on steep ledges and in ravines. Beyond that woods 
exist in very small patches on other types of terrain. The pur- 


1 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 33, 1907, p. 503, pl. 45, fig. 6. 


56 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


pose of this paper is to furnish annotated lists of the fauna of 
four random localities within the confines of Jefferson, Belmont, 
and Guernsey counties. 

Steubenville, Jefferson County, Ohio. This locality consists 
of a river bluff at the edge of the city. The rocky bluffs are 
covered with a rather rank growth of tall weeds and some shrubs, 
such as sumac and wild grape. A level area along the street is 
covered with grasses, burdocks and other weeds, and the ground 
is rather stony. The soil along this side of the Ohio River is 
impregnated with soot, and is somewhat acid. The snails live 
in the grass and weeds and under stones and rocks both on the 
bluff and along the street. 


Haplotrema concavum (Say). Occasional. 

Retinella indentata (Say) form paucilirata (Morelet). Not 
common. 

Mesomphix inornatus (Say). Occasional. 

Mesomphix perlaevis Pilsbry. Rare. 

Zonitoides ligerus (Say). Very abundant. 

Zonitoides intertextus (A. Binney). Rare. 

Polygyra tridentata (Say). Very common. 

Polygyra profunda (Say). Occasional. 

Polygyra albolabris (Say). Not common. 


New Alexandria, Jefferson County. This locality consists of 
a series of steep ledges, thinly wooded, above level open fields on 
either side of a small stream. The leaf mold is thick; logs are 
numerous; and the woods are composed of oaks, hickories and 
maples. The snails are not very common. 


Haplotrema concavum (Say). 
Retinella wheatleyi (Bland). 
Zonitoides ligerus (Say). 
Zomtoides intertextus (A. Binney). 
Polygyra hirsuta (Say). 

Polygyra fraterna (Say). 

Polygyra tridentata (Say). 
Polygyra palliata (Say). 

Polygyra profunda (Say). 
Polygyra thyroidus (Say). 


Polygyra fraterna (Say). Like P. clausa this snail is notably 
rare in woods (except where fires have swept through). It is 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 57 


common in grass along roads and in fields, and to some extent 
stones and boards. The adults tend to shun the deeper shade of 
shrubs (except during hibernation). 

Polygyra monodon (Rackett). Common in meadows, orchards 
and on railroad embankments, in grass, weeds, and under boards. 

Anguispira alternata is a very abundant culture snail in 
western and northern Ohio, and inhabits walls, roadsides, rail- 
road embankments, ete. It is not very common in grass, and 
seems to require the adequate shelter of burdocks and other tall 
weeds, as well as boards, rocks, and shrubs. Holicodiscus paral- 
lelus is abundant in very rocky places in fields and in walls. 
Gonyodiscus cronkhitei anthony: is abundant under stones and 
in weeds along roads, under stones, boards, and rubbish in fields 
and vacant lots. Gonyodiscus perspectivus, although rare in 
open country, occasionally lives under logs or in grass in fields. 
Zomtoides ligerus lives in grass in fields in large numbers, as 
well as in weeds, such as soapweed, on railroad embankments ; 
Z. demissus is common in grass in fields; Z. intertextus lives in 
grass and weeds (especially on stony ground) in fields, and on 
rocky river bluffs in eastern Ohio, but is never common. Z. 
arboreus is fairly frequent in all types of culture zones, rural 
and urban. Gastrocopta armifera and Pupoides marginatus are 
rare or absent in woods, but abundant in fields, on railroad em- 
bankments, and also in rocky, open country. The other Gastro- 
coptas (pentodon and contracta) are rare in open country, except 
on stony or rocky ground. Vertigo tridentata and V. ventricosa 
have similar preferences, while V. pygmaea is less exacting, for 
it lives in the same habitats as Valloma pulchella and V. costata. 
Both of the Vallonias are common in open country, at least on less 
acid soils. Hawaria minuscula is indifferent as far as the pres- 
ence or absence of lime is concerned. It is partial to open grassy 
and stony country. Cochlicopa lubrica is certainly more com- 
mon in open country than in woodland cover. Retinella inden- 
tata lives in grass and under stones in fields nad other types of 
open country, and is quite often found buried in plant trash in 
shrubby thickets; R. wheatleyi has almost identical habits, while 
R. electrina is more partial to grass and weeds than to stony 
cover. Of the genus Mesomphiz we find inornatus and perlaevis 


58 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


living under stones on bare river bluffs and in vacant lots, all in 
eastern Ohio. Neither of the species are at all common in open 
country. Agriolimax (Deroceras) laevis campestris and A. 
agrestis live in open fields, in grass or under rocks and boards, 
and also occur in urban surroundings. Haplotrema concavum 
occurs sporadically in grass and weeds in company with its 
mollusean prey. 

From all the evidence gathered so far, it seems clear that a 
very considerable and adaptive fauna is in the process of taking 
over the open country created by agriculture, industry, and 
human occupation in eastern Ohio. In many instances many 
species are now more abundant per square acre than they were 
under the old forest conditions. Other species are greatly lim- 
ited by culture conditions, even though they do affect open 
country, while some are actually eliminated or locally extirpated. 
It is significant that the major part of this assemblage of culture 
species is of American and not of European origin, contrary to 
the predictions of some naturalists a few years ago. 

The species listed above live in leaf mold, under bark, and 
under logs. The fields below the ledges contain only two less 
species. The vegetation consists of grasses, tall annual weeds, 
such as goldenrod, mint, and patches of wild grape. The species 
are: 


Haplotrema concavum (Say). Under logs; in tall weeds. 
Not common. 

Zomtoides ligerus (Say). In grass, tall weeds, and wild 
erape. 

Zontoides intertextus (A. Binney). Under logs. Rare. 

Polygyra hirsuta (Say). In grass, tall weeds; in wild grape 
patches; under logs. The commonest species in the open. 

Polygyra fraterna (Say). In grass. Uncommon. 

Polygyra tridentata (Say). Under logs; in wild grape; in 
tall weeds. Next in abundance. 

Polygyra clausa (Say). In mint patches. 

Polygyra thyroidus (Say). In grass. Occasional. 


Lloydsville, Belmont County. This locality is an area of 
pastured hills. One of the hills contains a patch of oak-hickory 
woods near the summit, some of the trees being white oak, yellow 
oak, shellbark hickory, rock maple, and beech. The soil is a 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 59 


yellowish clay, and the outcropping rocks are sandstone and 
shale. The snails are concentrated in leaf pockets, around 
stumps, and under logs. 


Haplotrema concavum (Say). Occasional. 

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say). Rare. 

Zonitoides demissus (A. Binney). Rare. 

Polygyra hirsuta (Say). In leaf pockets occasionally, but com- 
monest hibernating in brambles and around stumps. 

Polygyra fraterna (Say). Around stumps. Rare. 

Polygyra tridentata (Say). Under logs and stones. Occa- 
sional. 

Polygyra albolabris (Say). Rare. 


In contrast with the seven species in the woods, fourteen spe- 
cies were found in the open fields, and some of them are abundant. 
They live in grass and weeds as well as among stones, and are 
especially common on the lower slopes. The species are: 


Haplotrema concavum (Say). Occasional. 
Anguispira alternata (Say). Rare. 
Retinella wheatleyi (Bland). Rare. 
Retinella electrina (Gould). Rare. 
Zonitoides arboreus (Say). Rare. 
Zonitoides demissus (A. Binney). Common. 
Polygyra hirsuta (Say). Abundant. 
Polygyra fraterna (Say). Rather frequent. 
Polygyra tridentata (Say). Common. 
Polygyra albolabris (Say). Not common. 


Three miles west of Fairview, Guernsey County. In this 
locality the woods are largely confined to deep ravines. The 
trees are white oaks and maples with an understory of seedlings, 
brambles, and wild grape patches. The humus has been trampled 
by cattle, and apparently in consequence of this the snails occur- 
ring belong mostly to small species. The snails live under fallen 
bark and logs, in leaf mold, and in wild grape. The species are: 


Anguispira alternata (Say). Uncommon. 
Zonitoides ligerus (Say). Rather frequent. 
Polygyra hirsuta (Say). Quite common. 
Polygyra inflecta (Say). Uncommon. 
Polygyra fraudulenta Pilsbry. Uncommon. 


In the shrubby, grassy roadsides and fields above the ravines 
four species are found: 


60 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


Anguispira alternata (Say). In trash among shrubs. Un- 
common. 

Polygyra fraterna (Say). Common in grass, but avoiding the 
shrubs. 

Polygyra inflecta (Say). In shrubs and grass. Occasional. 

Polygyra fraudulenta Pilsbry. Mostly in shrubs. The com- 
monest species. 


A NEW RACE OF HELMINTHOGYPTA TRASKI 
FROM LOWER CALIFORNIA 


BY E. P. CHACE 


In the course of a trip to Ensenada fragments of a Helmintho- 
gypta were found which we were unable to refer to any of the 
named races. Further search at the same locality by the writers 
and Mr. and Mrs. Geo. Willett in February, 1937, netted two live 
and two very good dead shells, one of the live ones not quite ma- 
ture. Study of these specimens shows them to be a distinct race 
which is here named 


HELMINTHOGYPTA TRASKI MISIONA, new subspecies. Pl. 4, fig. 2. 

Shell low conic, umbilicate, umbilicus about 1/9 the greater 
diam. of the shell, permeable to the apex, nearly 1/3 covered by 
the reflected lip. Whorls 53, tumid, the last dropping so as to 
leave the dark peripheral band exposed for 1/3 of aturn. Aper- 
ture subcircular, moderately oblique. Lip slightly reflected 
throughout, more so at the umbilicus, white, faintly thickened 
within, ends connected by a very thin, transparent callus. Color, 
brownish-olive, slightly lighter on the base, with the usual light- 
bordered brown band at the periphery. Periostracum thin, very 
glossy. Growth lines regular, close and fairly strong. Under a 
20X lens the nuclear and early whorls show a finely granular sur- 
face; parts of the later whorls show very faint incised spiral lines. 


‘ Dimensions. (umbilicus to spire) 
of type greater diam. 26.9—lesser diam. 21.7—altitude, 13.2 mm. 
2nd. specimen, ‘‘ 30.7 24.6 14.6 mm. 


Mr. Willett’s 
specimen, eo: 0 22.5 13.0 mm. 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 61 


Lower California: A rock slide near the San Diego-Ensenada 
Highway in La Mision Valley. About 40 miles south of Tia 
Juana. ‘Two live and one dead shell and several fragments col- 
lected by E. P. and E. M. Chace and one shell collected by Mr. 
Geo. Willett. The type No. 350a, in the collection of the writers. 
Paratype in the collection of Mr. Geo. Willett. 

This shell resembles H. traski phlyctaena Bartsch from Santa 
Barbara Co. in shape, size, color and umbilicus, but is thinner 
and the spiral sculpture is very much weaker. It resembles H. 
t. caelata Bartsch, geographically its nearest relative, in the faint- 
ness of its spiral sculpture, but is larger, more widely umbilicate 
and is more highly polished. Another neighboring race, H. t. 
isidroensis Bartsch, is also smaller, more papillose, and less pol- 
ished. The writers are indebted to Dr. Clinton G. Abbott, of the 
San Diego Society of Natural History, for the loan of the para- 
type of H. t. isidroensis. 

A few specimens each of Haplotrema transfuga Hemp. and 
Micrarionta stearnsiana Gabb were found in the same rock slide. 


HELIX POMATIA LINNE IN JACKSON, MICHIGAN 


BY A. F. ARCHER 


Up to the present time all attempts to establish the edible snail, 
Helix pomatia Linné, in different points in North America have 
ended in failure. This species has been reported in different 
localities in the United States, but in all cases the evidence at 
hand indicates that it did not perpetuate itself. It is very prob- 
able that its failure to do so is largely due to the unsuitable con- 
ditions of the environment in each place where the attempted 
introduction was made. Helix pomatva chiefly occurs in the mid- 
latitudes of central and western Europe, and does not appear to 
be adapted to rigorous climates in extreme northern Europe nor, 
again, to the semiarid conditions of the Mediterranean Region 
proper. It, therefore, seems reasonable to expect that in the 
humid, temperate portions of North America it would be able to 
establish itself successfully. However, there is also a definite soil 
requirement on the part of this species. In ‘‘The Habitats of 
Land Mollusea in Britain’’ (Jour. Ecol., 1934, Volume 22, p. 31) 


62 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


A. E. Boycott states that it is an obligatory ealcicole. In other 
words, it requires a fairly high calcium content in the soil. This 
fact in itself would explain the failure to persist in the various 
localities where it has been introduced. 

In the spring of 1937, Dr. Phil Marsh of Jackson, Michigan, 
brought me some specimens of Helix pomatia which he said were 
found in a garden in that city. In June both of us, in company 
with a member of the state agricultural department, investigated 
the locality in order to find out the condition of the colony, and 
also to investigate complaints that it was doing damage to garden 
plants. It was found that it had been introduced into Jackson 
by a Mr. Maddalena who some five years ago, on returning from 
a visit to New York City, had released six snails in his lettuce 
garden. He had bought the specimens in New York, and in- 
tended to propagate them for food, as is the custom in his native 
Italy. Since then they have thriven well, and have spread into 
all the gardens of the Union Street block, between Third and 
Fourth Streets, Jackson. The feelings of his neighbors toward 
this strange snail are rather mixed, and in a few cases we found 
specific complaints of its effect on garden plants, although on the 
whole the local attitude is one of puzzlement or perplexity rather 
than hostility. I was skeptical from the start as to its harmful 
acivities, for it is not regarded as a garden pest in Europe, nor 
is it more than a casual inhabitant of gardens. 

The following are the resuts of our investigation of this and 
other garden mollusks in this locality: 

1. Helix pomatia has become abundant in the gardens and 
small orchards of the Union Street block, but at present has not 
spread to neighboring blocks. In the course of several hours, we 
turned up a total of nearly 200 specimens of various stages of 
growth in all the gardens from which samples were taken. Inas- 
much as Jackson is located on soils that are slightly on the acid 
side, its abundance is a little puzzling. However, the area now 
occupied by houses was until recently swamp land which has now 
been filled in. The sources of the soil are unknown. Moreover, 
the gardens are limed, so that the soil tends to be improved by 
cultivation. The gardens themselves consist of flower gardens, 
vegetable gardens, and apple and cherry orchards. 


Ger, 1937 | THE NAUTILUS 63 


The damage imputed to the snail was traced specifically to re- 
ports of harm done to zinnias and morning-glories in one garden 
only. The work, however, was done by cut-worms, and the snails 
probably ate the wilted leaves. Pomatia here as in Europe is 
mainly a scavenger, and seldom attacks living plant tissues, 
unless the quantity of mycelia eaten be included in this category. 
It is harmless at the worst, and may well be beneficial. There are 
at least two introduced slugs that are certainly more harmful in 
nature than it is. 

The habitats of H. pomatia include the following plants under 
whose leaves it seeks shelter: Lettuce, fall chrysanthemum, lilacs, 
oriental poppy, currants, and various species of grass. It seems 
to avoid rhubarb, wood sorrel, and sheep sorrel. It is very 
exploratory, climbing wire fences, apple and cherry trees up to 
at least six feet. It aestivates in sand boxes, drain pipes, under 
cement blocks, and at the foundations of houses. 

2. Limax maximus Linné. In lettuce, oriental poppy, and 
lilacs. It invades garbage pails. This slug is not very abundant, 
but is potentially harmful. 

3. Deroceras agreste (Linné). If this slug were more abun- 
dant, it would undoubtedly do much damage to garden plants. 

4. Cochlicopa lubrica (Miller). Nearly everywhere. 

5. Zonitoides arboreus (Say). In grass and under boards. 

6. Vallonia pulchella (Miller). In grass and under garden 
plants. 

The small number of species in the Union Street gardens as 
compared with other parts of the city is probably explicable on 
the grounds of the recent origin of the surface soil. Other species 
in city gardens and back lots include Helicodiscus parallelus, Val- 
loma costata, Succinea avara, and Polygyra albolabris. 


MONADENIA SEMIALBA HENDERSON 


BY WALTER J. EYERDAM 


On August 21-22nd, 1937, Mr. and Mrs. Chace and I made a 
special excursion to Rosario beach, Fidalgo island, Skagit County, 
Washington, which is only about a quarter of a mile from the 
Deception Pass steel bridge which connects the highway with 


64 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (2) 


Whidby island, Island county. The object of this trip was to 
try to find Monadenia semialba Henderson which Dr. Hender- 
son described as a new species from a single specimen obtained at 
Rosario beach by his assitant Mr. Elvin C. Nelson in the summer 
of 1928. 

On July 6th, 1936, while collecting plants I found a second live 
specimen of M. semialba Hend. at Rosario beach together with 
several of the more typical M. fidelis Gray. As I did not have 
much time for a more thorough search I resolved to look for them 
at a later date. 

There has been but little rain during this summer so the Mona- 
denias are mostly buried or inactive. On this excursion the 
weather looked rather uncertain so we were lucky to have a good 
rain during the night of August 21st as we slept in a tent. 

During the morning low tide we collected marine shells in the 
vicinity of Deception Pass and then we spent the entire afternoon 
scouring the steep rocky wooded slope between Reservation Bay 
and Rosario beach in an area of about + mile long by 250 yards 
wide. 

The rain brought out the active snails and we were soon picking 
them up at frequent intervals. 

Together we took well over 100 specimens, the majority of 
which were M. semialba including several off-color forms. The 
rest of the snails were the more typical M. fidelis Gray of both 
the dark and the light banded forms. 

The average M. semialba has the characters of M. fidelis except 
that the broad dark brown band encircling the umbilicus is sepa- 
rated from the upper half of the shell by a broad yellow straw 
colored band about one-fourth of an inch in width. Several speci- 
mens have this band colored a brownish yellow and in three 
specimens that I have collected the broad band is white with only 
a trace of straw color. The largest of these semialba that I have 
is 1 inch high and 12 inches wide. An albino specimen taken 
from this colony has a light straw colored base and the upper half 
is pure white without any bands. It is 12 inches in width and 14 
inches high. This albino specimen is very unlike the form flava 
in height and in color. 

Monadenia semialba seems only to be found in the limited space 
of its area but further explorations in the vicinity on both 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS 65 


Fidalgo and Whidby islands may reveal its presence in a more 
extended range. It is found mostly amongst the large rocks and 
in the grass and underbrush amongst the rocks. No specimens 
could be found in the adjacent deeper forest. The typical form 
is found intermingled in the same habitat along with M. semialba 
which is very limited in its range. The color of the living 
animals of both forms seems to be identical. 

Four distinct color forms besides the typical M. fidelis Gray 
have been collected. 

Monadena semialba is not a distinct species but is a subspecies 
of M. fidelis Gray. As a race it is quite different than all the 
other known color forms. It should be called Monadenza fidelis 
semialba Henderson. 


FURTHER NOTES UPON TERTIARY AND RECENT 
MOLLUSKS FROM FLORIDA TOGETHER WITH 
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES 


BY MAXWELL SMITH 


In the Clewiston, Belle Glade and Loxahatchee areas of Florida 
a number of interesting tertiary shells have been collected during 
the past year. Certain of these were obtained in very limited 
numbers, often solitary examples. It appears that eventually 
there will be further additions especially among the small or 
minute species. 


LorIPINUS SCHRAMMI Crosse. A single valve was secured by 
Mrs. Rodney Procter. This species is new to the Tertiary of the 
United States. It has been reported from the Antilles. The 
specimen, possibly immature, is rather small but agrees otherwise 
with living examples from Biscayne Bay (Royce collection) and 
Sanibel, Florida. The species lives deep in sand or mud and is 
dislodged by large scale commercial dredging. Pliocene, Clewis- 
ton, Florida. 


SPISSULA SOLIDISSIMA PENINSULAE, n. subsp. Shell large, valves 
more trigonal than in M. similis; lateral teeth comparatively 
short, pallial sinus deep and narrow, pallial line nearest to pos- 
terior adductor describing a wide, regular, circular course which 
in M. similis is often broken or comparatively straight. The 
posterior slope, emanating from the umbo, is very distinct and 


66 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (2) 


leaves a broad area adjacent to the margin. Holotype, a single 
valve, in the writer’s collection. Length of left valve 87 mm. 
Pl. 6, fig. 3. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


TELLINA (TELLINELLA) PERRYAE Smith. (Naut. XLIX, p. 
136). <A perfect left valve has been found and the description 
may be supplemented in consequence. The lunule is narrow, 
rather deeply impressed, cardinal teeth small with a restricted 
excavated area on each side, the posterior tooth the larger; lateral 
teeth long and raised slightly at their extremities away from 
umbo; interior of shell lustrous. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


TELLINA (PHYLLODINA) CALA,’ n. sp. Shell solid, subequilat- 
eral, description based upon a right valve; umbo low, nepionic 
shell smooth; anterior end only moderately rounded; posterior 
end slightly rostrate, with an ineurved dorsal slope, the terminal 
slightly truneate; surface with low distinct concentric waves, less 
regularly placed posteriorly, not so strong anteriorly; lunule in- 
conspicuous; hinge not unusual; pallial sinus V-shaped, deep, 
approaching margin of shell. Length 16.5 mm. 

This shell recalls 7. dodona Dall from the Oligocene sands of 
Oak Grove, Santa Rosa County, Florida. It differs in the shape 
of the posterior dorsal slope, the concentric sculpture and the 
larger more extended pallial sinus. PI. 6, fig. la, 1b. Pliocene, 
Clewiston, Florida. 


TURBO CASTANEUS TIARA, n. subsp. Shell elongated, spire high 
and conspicuous, aperture comparatively small, arrangement of 
spiny processes similar to T. castaneus Gmelin. When the oper- 
culum is found it doubtless will afford additional characters upon 
which to base further study. This form may be entitled to spe- 
cific identity. Length 33.5 mm. Holotype to be placed in the 
Museum of Comparative Zoology. Paratypes in the Smith and 
McGinty collections. PI. 6, fig. 9. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


NERITINA (SMARAGDIA) FLORIDANA, n. sp. Surface of shell 
covered with fine spiral striae, axial growth lines almost as dis- 
tinct, the two forming a network, surface with a silk-like sheen; 
surface of body whorl partly covered with numerous broken ir- 
regular brownish longitudinal lineations which are replaced near 
the suture by a few long brownish ill-defined blotches; inferior 
whorls hardly shining; nucleus brilliant, whorls well rounded; 
eallus very broad and prominent, whitish, shining, one prominent 
denticle about two-thirds of wall length measured from anterior 
end, about six others on anterior side and four upon the pos- 
terior. Length of shell 7 mm. 


1 cala, beautiful. 


THE NAUTILUS: 51 (2) PLATE 6 


M. Smith :—Tertiary Mollusks of Florida. 


OorT:, 1937] THE NAUTILUS 67 


Compared with the recent N. viridis the new species differs 
in the much coarser teeth and quite different spire. In the 
recent shell the spire is larger and more tumid, the nuclear whorls 
usually less elegant. Pl. 6, fig. 8. Pliocene? Loxahatchee, 
Florida. 


EPITONIUM COCHLEA Sowerby. Several specimens of this spe- 
cies have been found, one very large and in excellent preservation. 
It apparently has never been reported from the tertiary of the 
United States. 

The shell has been taken living in deep water well of Cape 
Hatteras, North Carolina. In the Lesser Antilles it is a littoral 
shell. During July, 1937, a fine living specimen was collected by 
Paul L. MeGinty in Lake Worth, Florida, a new addition to the 
fauna of this country. He reported it as being found in swift 
running water near the South Inlet, mixed bottom. The black 
operculum is a characteristic feature of E. chochlea. Miocene? 
Belle Glade, Florida. 


CIRCULUS STIROPHORUS,” n. sp. Shell rather thick, large, um- 
bilicus wide and deep; spiral sculpture consisting of strong, wide, 
rounded spiral threads of which there are five on body whorl, 
in addition a strong thread forming a keel at the periphery, nu- 
merous fine secondary spiral threads between these, occupying a 
wider concave area adjacent to the suture; base with four pri- 
mary spiral threads, the two inner being less defined, the inter- 
mediate spiral sculpture lightly impressed. Greater diameter 
12 mm., lesser diameter 10 mm., height 5.5 mm. 

Woodring has pointed out the identity of Circulus bicarinatus 
Guppy which occurs in the Miocene of Jamaica. That species 
possesses four spiral threads, above, on the body whorl and only 
two on the base. The neotype of bicarinatus measures 7.5 mm. 
in diameter. 

Circulus beaui Fischer the large recent species living from 
Florida to Guadalupe, is mentioned by Dall in his work upon the 
southern tertiary mollusks with the suggestion that it be searched 
for together with other fossils. In A. beaut the upper spiral 
threads are numerous, fine, low; the intermediate threads upon 
the spire often approaching the primary ones in size. Also there 
is only one keel below the periphery and the umbilicus is much 
narrower than in A. stirophorus. 

The holotype is to be placed in the M.C.Z. PI. 6, fig. 2a, 2b. 
Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


MorvuM MACGINTYI n. sp. Shell of moderate size, whorls angu- 
lated above, above the shoulder finely spirally striated, below 


2 stirophorus, keeled. 


68 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


shoulder about nine spiral ribs which form blunt nodules at their 
intersection with the axial ridges, the latter not continuous, the 
interstices squarish, the axial ridges forming short slightly re- 
curved spines upon the shoulder of spire and body whorl, the 
spines also present upon the exterior of the well thickened peri- 
stome. The aperture is rather wide, callus extending well over 
parietal wall, granulated with long irregularly placed indepen- 
dent raised lines, outer lip coarsely denticulated, posterior end 
reflexed, canal distinct. Length 25 mm. 

One of the most attractive little shells to turn up in the marls 
of Florida. It is named for its discoverer Paul L. McGinty of 
Boynton, Florida. Holotype in the McGinty collection. Pl. 6, 
fig. 12. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 

(To be continued) 


THE SEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERI- 
CAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION IN THE MUSEUM 
OF ZOOLOGY, UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN, 
AUGUST 3'TO 5, 1937 


It was an innovation for the American Malacological Union to 
hold its seventh annual meeting in midsummer instead of spring, 
but the dates of August 3 to 5, 1937, will be remembered by all 
who attended the meeting in Ann Arbor as among the most en- 
joyed of the year. During the morning of Tuesday, August 3, 
visitors registered in the lobby of the Museums Building of the 
University of Michigan, while the Council of the Union held a 
meeting in Mr. Calvin Goodrich’s laboratory, Mr. Goodrich being 
the active host of the Union on the occasion of this year’s conven- 
tion. 

The regular sessions were opened Tuesday afternoon with an 
address of welcome by Mr. Frederick M. Gaige, Director of the 
Museum of Zoology, who extended an invitation to a luncheon 
on Wednesday as a memorial from the University for Dr. Bryant 
Walker. Mr. Joshua L. Baily, Jr., president of the Union, re- 
sponded, thanking Mr. Gaige and the University for their cordial 
greetings. This was followed by the presentation of scientific 
papers. The titles Tuesday afternoon were ‘‘Some New Light on 
Bolten’s Catalogue’’ by Dr. Harald A. Rehder; ‘‘Notes on Mar- 
tyn’s Universal Conchologist’’ by Dr. Rehder; ‘‘The Discovery 
of Living Pyrgulopsis letsoni (Walker)’’ by Dr. Elmer G. Berry, 
““Certain Pectens of the Pacific Coast’’ by Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd; 


Oor.; 1937] THE NAUTILUS 69 


‘Problems of Distribution’’ by Dr. Paul Bartsch; ‘‘Goniobasis 
Breeding’’ by Dr. Bartsch; ‘‘Post-Glacial Repopulation of an 
Area of the Huron River Valley of Michigan’’ by Mr. Calvin 
Goodrich. Dr. Rehder’s first paper elicited the passing of a 
motion made by Dr. Paul Bartsch and seconded by Dr. Pilsbry, 
That Dr. Rehder be asked to petition the International Commis- 
sion of Nomenclature to suppress Bolten’s specific names. 

The presidential address was given Tuesday evening in the 
Museum, Mr. Baily taking for his topic ‘‘The Colony of Helix 
nemoralis at Burlington, New Jersey.’’ Several hundred speci- 
mens were displayed in illustration. 

On reconvening on Wednesday morning the following papers 
were presented: ‘‘The Relationship of Gravid Periods of Certain 
Mussels in Michigan to the Pearl Button Industry’’ by Dr. Henry 
van der Schalie; ‘‘Successors to Timothy Abbott Conrad’’ by Dr. 
H. E. Wheeler ; ‘‘ Distribution of California Land Shells’’ by Dr. 
Henry A. Pilsbry; ‘‘A Colony of Helix pomatia in Jackson, 
Michigan,’’ by Dr. Phil L. Marsh. 

Papers in the afternoon were four in number: ‘‘ Habitats of 
Some Land Mollusks in Kastern North America’’ by Dr. Allan 
F. Archer ; ‘‘ Fossil Molluscan Fauna of the Ortona Lock Exca- 
vation of Florida’’ by Mr. W. E. Lincoln; ‘‘Is It Environment ?’’ 
by Dr. Paul Bartsch; ‘‘Cuban Liguus’’ by Dr. Carlos de la Torre. 

At the general business meeting held before the reading of the 
papers on Wednesday afternoon, the report of the Council meet- 
ing on Tuesday morning was read by the financial secretary with 
the following recommendations which were unanimously adopted : 

That members in arrears for dues for two years be dropped. 

That the Council shall consist of the officers, honorary and past 

presidents and members at large not to exceed four. 

That members of the Council present at any annual meeting 

shall constitute a quorum. 

The invitation of Dr. Carlos de la Torre to hold the 1938 meet- 
ing in Havana, Cuba, was accepted for the Easter vacation. 

Members of the Council were elected as follows: President, Dr. 
Carlos de la Torre; Vice-President, Dr. Maxwell Smith; Corre- 
sponding Secretary, Mr. Norman W. Lermond; Financial Secre- 
tary, Mrs. Harold R. Robertson; Councillors at large, Dr. Henry 


70 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (2) 


van der Schalie, Dr. Fred Baker and Dr. Horace B. Baker. Hon- 
orary and past presidents, Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd, Dr. Henry A. 
Pilsbry, Dr. Paul Bartsch, Prof. Junius Henderson, Mr. William 
J. Clench, Mr. Calvin Goodrich, Mr. Joshua L. Baily, Jr. 

It was moved by Mr. A. La Roeque, and unanimously carried, 
That a standing committee of fifteen or more be appointed by the 
president of the Union for the purpose of compiling a check-list 
of the Mollusea of North America north of Mexico. Mr. Baily 
named to this committee, Mr. William J. Clench, Dr. G. D. Hanna, 
Dr. Frank Collins Baker, Dr. Stanley T. Brooks, Mr. Calvin Good- 
rich, Dr. Elmer G. Berry, Dr. Henry van de Schalie, Dr. Fred 
Baker, Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd, Prof. Junius Henderson, Mr. A. 
LaRoeque, Mr. J. P. Oughton, Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, Dr. Paul 
Bartsch, and Mr. HE. G. Vanatta. 

It was moved by Mr. Harold R. Robertson, seconded by Mr. 
Paul P. McGinty and carried unanimously, That a Committee of 
Nomenclature be appointed by the president of the Union to con- 
sist of five members, and to act in a purely advisory capacity on 
questions of nomenclature submitted to it. This committee con- 
sists of Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry, Dr. Paul Bartsch, Mr. William J. 
Clench, Dr. Horace B. Baker and Dr. S. Stillman Berry. 

Greetings were read from Prof. and Mrs. Junius Henderson 
and from Mr. Norman W. Lermond who also sent an invitation 
to the Union to meet in Thomaston, Maine, for its ninth annual 
eonvention. Mr. J.P. Oughton brought greetings from the Royal 
Ontario Museum of Toronto and an invitation to come to that city 
in 1939. These invitations as well as one of long-standing from 
the San Diego Shell Club will be considered at the next meeting. 

It was moved by Dr. B. H. Bales, seconded by Mr. Harold R. 
Robertson and carried unanimously, That Mr. Norman W. Ler- 
mond be especially invited to attend each annual meeting of the 
American Malacological Union and that a check for traveling 
expenses accompany each such invitation; this action being taken 
in recognition of Mr. Lermond’s successful efforts in starting the 
American Malacological Union. 

Dr. de la Torre expressed his gratitude to the Union for honor- 
ing him with the presidency and promised to do all in his power 
to make the convention in Cuba next year a pleasant one. 


CS re eae 


Oct., 1937] THE NAUTILUS a 


In tribute to the memory of members lost by death during the 
year Dr. Bartsch asked for a moment of silence while the assem- 
bled company stood with bowed heads. Those thus remembered 
were Herbert N. Lowe, Mrs. Clifford L. Blakeslee, Prof. B. 
Shimek, Miss Theodora Willard and Mrs. Burr H. Nicholls. 

At the conelusion of the business session resolutions were 
adopted thanking the faculty of the Museum of Zoology of the 
University of Michigan for the use of meeting rooms and other 
acts of hospitality in connection with the 1937 convention. 

Wednesday evening was devoted by many of the visitors to 
selecting duplicates from the Bryant Walker collection, a privi- 
lege extended by the University through Messrs. Goodrich and 
Gaige. This was a rare opportunity to obtain land and fresh- 
water shells and one which was much appreciated. 

The social features of the convention contributed largely to its 
enjoyment and success. The first of these was the Bryant Walker 
Memorial Luncheon given by the University on Wednesday noon. 
This was served in the Michigan League and was attended by over 
thirty-five appreciative guests. The picnic on Thursday was 
equally delightful. The day was all that could be desired for 
the thirty mile drive through beautiful country to the Edwin S. 
George Reserve, where there was ample opportunity for collecting 
in various types of habitat. While many availed themselves of 
the chance to relax under the shade trees on the lawn others seat- 
tered to the wooded areas and to Paterson Lake to return in time 
for luncheon at two o’clock. This was a delicious repast pre- 
pared by Mrs. Calvin Goodrich and Mrs. Henry van der Schalie. 
After a further hour or more of pleasant social intercourse, fleet- 
ing time forced the saying of farewells to friends old and new, and 
the parting from the most hospitable of hosts, Mr. and Mrs. Good- 
rich, and their tireless assistants. 


NOTES 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA AYRESIANA ON SAN Micueu Is., Cau.—I 
mailed a box of H. ayresiana which I collected on San Miguel 
Island. You will see several living snails and also some fossil or 
subfossil specimens from a kind of travertine or ‘‘caliche’’ which 
exists on the top of the island, and must be of considerable an- 


72 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (2) 


tiquity, though not, I believe, so old as that in which elephant 
(mammoth) remains have been found. This formation presents 
numerous projecting cylindrical objects which are really conere- 
tions formed around roots. They are exactly like the concretions 
at Canical, Madeira. I do not see that it is possible to distinguish 
the fossil shells from the recent, though they may average a bit 
larger and higher in the spire. The living snails are found under 
and on bunches of Astragalus miguelensis Green, a very charac- 
teristic endemic of the northern group of islands. This astragalus 
acts as a ‘‘loco-weed’’ on the sheep, and they let it alone; a 
circumstance which favors the snails. 

Hemphill (Zoe 1:330) says of the San Miguel form of HZ. 
ayresiana ‘‘frequently bandless.’’ I must have examined a 
thousand or more, and there was always a band, though on some 
shells long dead it was not apparent on casual inspection. 

I think that one reason I found no small snails on San Miguel 
is the constantly drifting sand, which would smother them.— 
THEO. D. A. COCKERELL (in letter, Aug. 20, 1937). 


A CONCENTRATED POPULATION OF LYMNAEA PALUSTRIS NUTTAL- 
LIANA Lea.—While on a shell collecting excursion with Mr. and 
Mrs. E. P. Chace on Aug. 21st, 1937, Mr. Chace and I discovered 
a concentrated assemblage of L. palustris nuttalliana Lea in a 
pond about 4 mile west of Mount Vernon, Skagit County, Wash- 
ington. This pond has an area of about 4 acre, shallow depth 
with sticky blue clay bottom and without a trace of growing vege- 
tation. Dead willow leaves blow into the water in the fall and 
various decaying weeds from the surrounding meadows also fall 
into the pond and are reduced to slime which furnishes the snails 
with food. 

The only species of mollusk found was this Lymnaea, which was 
floating just under the surface of the water film. Nearly the 
entire population had been blown to one corner of the pond where 
they lived in a solid patch about ten feet square. Estimating 
five live adult shells to the square inch there were at least 70,000 
in this mass. With a dip net, nearly all of them could have been 
scooped up in ten minutes. These snails were all doomed to 
perish in a short time because of lack of sustaining food.— 
WALTER J. EYERDAM. 


JUNIUS HENDERSON 


THE NAUTILUS 


Vol. 51 January, 1938 No. 3 


REVIEW OF FLORIDA CHAMIDAE 
BY H. A. PILSBRY AND TOM McGINTY 


‘The existing literature on the shells of Chamidae is so confused that a 
thorough investigation from a critical point of view is necessary in order to 
solve the problems and lead towards a satisfactory knowledge of the mat- 
ter.’’—Odhner. 


This inquiry began on the Atlantic beach at Boynton, Palm 
Beach County, where large chamas are rather abundant on 
ledges of coquina rock in about 3 to 10 feet of water. As usually 
happens, the shells and the books essential for their determina- 
tion were not available in the same place, so that the consultation 
of literature became the senior author’s task in Philadelphia, 
while the junior author continued to supplement the material 
with specimens and observations bearing on the matter. 

The chief difficulties are (1) the perplexing literature, redun- 
dant with badly described ‘‘species.’’ Nils Hj. Odhner’s ‘‘Stud- 
ies on the morphology, the taxonomy and the relations of recent 
Chamidae’’ (in Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. MHandlingar, 
vol. 59, 1919), is a bright spot on a dark road. (2) The second 
difficulty is the remarkable transformations these shells undergo 
in response to varying ecologic conditions. On open shores ex- 
posed to surf, only those young which attach to a heavy or im- 
movable substratum survive. They acquire a broad base of 
attachment, nearly as extensive as the shell, which is erect only 
along the upper margin, the whole being somewhat triangular in 
section. In such exposed places the sculpture proper to the spe- 
cies is greatly reduced and blunted, usually covered with a coat 
of algae, but sometimes clean, as in C. congregata on Pinnas at 
Sanibal Island, though even here foliations are repressed. In 
some places, such as Harrington Sound, Bermuda, where there is 
not much wave action, the attachment may be wholly lost in 
adults, but lime-depositing algae and other organisms coat the 
shell with a very thick dense layer, impossible to remove, as in 

(73) 


74 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (8) 


Chama sinuosa bermudensis Heilprin. Where the conditions per- 
mit attachment to small objects, dead shells, bits of coral and the 
like, the attachment may remain small, the attached valve being 
convex and often as profusely sculptured as the free valve, the 
characteristic sculpture being fully developed. In some eases it 
is not possible off-hand to tell whether the characteristics of a lot 
are wholly due to their ecologic setting, or may mean racial diver- 
gence; and it is sometimes convenient to have a name for such 
forms until their status can be fully exposed. We have therefore 
admitted such names as variegata Rve. and firma P. & M. 

Although Lamarck had divided the Chamas into those with 
the beaks turning from right to left (attached by left valve, ‘‘reg- 
ular’’ chamas), and those with beaks turning from left to right 
(attached by right valve, ‘‘inverse’’ chamas), this distinction was 
disregarded by later authors, who, even up to the time of Dall, 
thought that the same species could attach by either valve. This 
question has been investigated thoroughly by Odhner, who by a 
study of the anatomy of both regular and ‘‘inverse’’ chamas, the 
protoconchs, and the hinge teeth of very young stages, has shown 
conclusively that two strongly distinct stocks are involved. To 
the ‘‘inverse chamas’’ he gave the generic name Pseudochama. 

Chama sarda Reeve has been reported from the Florida Keys 
by Dall, Johnson and Smith. We do not know exactly what 
shells these authors had, but we have not seen any Chamas refer- 
able to sarda from Florida, though there seems no reason why it 
should not occur there. It occurs in the West Indies and on 
Central American coasts. Probably C. sarda is not separable 
from the West Indian C. florida Lam. 

Chama lactuca Dall, 1886, reported by Dall from North Caro- 
lina to Barbados in 63-100 fathoms, appears from its smooth 
internal margins and other characters to stand near C. sinuosa 
Brod. It is sculptured with radiating and concentric series of 
very small, short spines, each grooved underneath. It has not 
been figured and we have not seen specimens. 


Key to shallow water Chamas of Florida 
1. Shell nearly equivalve, the valves strongly convex with a large 
lunule, and sculpture of erect tubular spines on radial 
ssl) Wea hae Colne Bi aweny ek DER Dae Te RETR DET A. Echinochama arcinella. 
Valves strongly unequal, the attached one larger; no lunule. 2. 


ee 


co | 


*THE NAUTILUS: 51 (3) PLATE 


Figs. 1-10, Florida Chamidae. 11, Urocoptis maxwelli Pils. 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 75 


2. Apices of valves turning from right to left; attached by left 


eH ys UGE ENA EO MA LS GE Tt tS eS 3. 
Apices turning from left to right; attached by right valve 
(Pseudochama) ..ccecsccccsseeeee Pseudochama radians variegata. 


3. Inner border of valves crenulated; pallial line passing around 
end of anterior adductor scar, joining at outer (anterior) 
[POPE CTeRCOY Sa Ce S{ O71 a ee ee ee ULE ie a a 4. 

Inner border of valves smooth; pallial line joined to lower 
extremity of anterior wai bo sear, Chama sinuosa firma. 

4. Larger; sculpture of profuse foliations, Chama macerophylla. 

Smaller ; sculpture of fine radial corrugations, with or without 
short foliations on concentrie ridges ..... Chama congregata. 


CHAMA MACEROPHYLLA Gmel. PI. 7, figs. 2 (Key West), 8 
(Boynton). 


This is the commonest West Indian species, known by its 
copious foliation, the crenulate internal border, and by having 
the pallial line run to the outer (anterior) limit of the anterior 
adductor scar. The color is various, reddish brown or dull pur- 
plish hues, yellow or white. Some specimens from exposed places 
have the foliation much reduced. Very handsome lemon-chrome 
to mustard yellow shells were taken opposite the first groin south 
of Boynton Inlet, east Florida, the interior white and yellow, or 
white and liver brown or hessian brown. Length 40 to 55 mm., 
rarely to about 65 mm. In the West Indies it grows larger, length 
65-70 mm., or even up to 90 mm. At Boynton it seems to prefer 
deeper water than C. sinuosa firma, about 3 to 10 feet. 


CHAMA CONGREGATA Conrad. Pl. 7, figs. 6 (Boynton), 10 
(Sanibel). 

A rather small chama, not often over 36 mm. in greatest dimen- 
sion, related to C. macerophylla by the crenulate inner margins 
and the pallial line aligned with the anterior outline of the an- 
terior adductor impression; but it differs in external sculpture. 
Typically there are rather low concentric ridges on the free valve, 
often with short laminae posteriorly, and crossed by a fine radial 
corrugation. There is often, but not always, a shallow furrow 
from beak to posterior-basal extremity. In its finest development, 
when the point of attachment is small, the attached valve is 
strongly convex with spiral umbo and sculpture like the free 
valve, but with fewer, more prominent and rougher concentric 
sculpture and similar fine radial corrugation, or the latter may 


76 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (3) 


be obsolete. Interior white, or with more or less purplish-brown 
stain. 

When growing attached to a flat surface the lower valve has the 
usual triangular section. The fine corrugations of the liver-brown 
surface are often hardly interrupted by concentric ridges or foli- 
ations. A specimen from Boynton is figured, fig. 6. They appear 
to prefer to live under stones and in crevices. 

A small form of C. congregata is common growing on Atrina 
rigida (Dillw.), on the Gulf side of Sanibel Island ; also occasion- 
ally found on arks or other shells. The usual size is 16 to 22 mm. 
long. They are reddish brown of various shades, radially corru- 
gated, with but little trace of concentric sculpture. The broadly 
attached left valve is rather shallow, the free valve flattened 
posteriorly, or with a shallow suleus from beak to posterior-basal 
extremity (fig. 10). 


CHAMA SINUOSA Brod. PI. 7, fig. 9. 


The shell is only moderately thick, whitish, uniform or marked 
with tawny, suffused or concentrated on the foliations. Sculpture 
of many concentric ruffles of hood-shaped scales. Fixed valve 
more coarsely and irregularly flounced and foliated than the free 
valve, the attachment small. A rather deep open furrow runs 
from beak to posterior-basal extremity. It is distinguishable 
from macerophylla at once by the entire absence of crenulation of 
the inner margins of the valves. The pallial line runs into the 
lower extremity of the anterior adductor sear at about the middle 
(not running past the end as in macerophylla). West Indies. 


Nothing like typical C. sinuosa is yet known to us from Flor- 
ida, but the following form is apparently not specifically 
separable. 


CHAMA SINUOSA FIRMA n. subsp. PI. 7, fig. 1. 


The shell is very much thicker than sinuosa, with far heavier 
teeth. The external color is dirty whitish, but on shells ‘‘cleaned’’ 
with acid there are some inconspicuous rusty brown flecks. Sculp- 
ture is largely effaced, but consisting of irregular, coarse concen- 
tric laminae more prominent posteriorly, with sometimes a little 
radial corrugation in places. There is a small furrow from beaks 
to posterior basal end, much less emphatic than that of C. sinu- 
osa. Interior white with more or less green suffusion, and often 
a touch of liver brown at the lower edge. All of the specimens 


ay, Se 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 77 


were attached to coquina rock by the whole lower surface of the 
left valve. Greatest diam. 70, least 59 mm., to 84 x 66 mm. 


Beach opposite 1st groin south of Boynton Inlet (of Lake 
Worth), Palm Beach Co., Florida. Type 168432 ANSP., para- 
types in McGinty collection. The specimens were taken in about 
3 to 5 ft. depth. They are much alike, since all found were seated 
on rock. At that depth any young settling on stones or shells 
would be carried away by the waves. The full characters and 
significance of this form will be revealed when they are fished 
from below wave action where they can attach to small objects. 
At all events, they differ from C. sinuosa so much in appearance 
that a special name seems convenient, either as a race or only an 
ecologic forma. The name firma alludes to the strength of the 
shell. 

C. s. firma and P. r. variegata prefer the main reef of very 
large, flat rocks. This reef is covered with a heavy growth of 
moss-like algae, in which only fairly large shells can be seen. 
This accounts for the absence of young ones in the lots collected. 

C. sinuosa bermudensis Heilprin, 1889, has a strongly spiral 
left valve, both valves are more deeply cupped, and of a dirty 
cream-buff tint inside. It seems to have laid on the bottom unat- 
tached, and as all the specimens have a very heavy calcareous 
algal incrustation, the sculpture is not visible. 


PSEUDOCHAMA RADIANS (Lam.). 


A rounded species, typically whitish with a broad ochraceous- 
tawny or cinnamon ray, often divided, down the posterior slope, 
but sometimes this is absent, or the color may be more diffused 
over the valve. Typically there is little sculpture, but usually 
some traces of two series of flattened foliations are seen on the 
posterior slope, and sometimes they are rather well developed, 
with also some irregular foliations anteriorly. Such specimens 
lead to C. ferruginea Rve., which appears, as Odhner noted, to 
be merely a strongly foliated form of Lamarck’s species. The 
internal margin is more or less crenulated. Both radians and 
the form ferruginea are West Indian. 


In the Florida form, which we are calling PSEUDOCHAMA RADI- 
ANS VARIEGATA (Rve.), pl. 7, figs. 3, 4, 5, the shell is covered with 


1 Originally described from Honduras. 


78 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (8) 


small foliations of the close concentric laminae, and the two 
posterior series of larger, flattened foliations are present, dis- 
tinctly or merely as traces. There is also more or less fine radial 
corrugation, much as in some specimens of C. congregata, the 
ridges and raised points being white on a deep maroon-purple 
ground. Figs. 3, 4, 5 are specimens from Boynton; length of fig. 
5,30 mm. These rather small east Floridan P. r. variegata look 
like mirror images of C. congregata. 


There is a larger form, usually 50 to 60 mm. long, which lives 
on the coquina ledges in 3 or more ft. of water, opposite the first 
groin south of Boynton Inlet, together with C. sinuosa firma. The 
shell is quite heavy and the sculpture and external color are 
more or less completely effaced (fig. 4), though some sculpture 
and color are visible on occasional shells (fig. 3), and a few have 
good color and perfect sculpture, up to 52 mm. long. The interior 
is usually white and green, with more or less maroon-purple at 
the edge, or sometimes hazel to chestnut-brown at border and on 
muscle scars. The submarginal crenulation is rarely wanting, 
but usually it is weakly developed within the posterior margin. 
The largest seen measures 64 mm. 

These ‘‘inverse chamas’’ are astonishingly like mirror-images 
of the specimens of C. sinuosa firma found with them, but there 
are several differences besides their different direction of coil. 
C. s. firma reaches a larger size; the anterior adductor scar in 
the free valve is wider, its width more than half of its length. 

In P. r. variegata this sear is narrower and longer, its width 
half the length or less. C. s. firma never shows any crenula- 
tion of the inner margin, such as is nearly always to be seen in 
P. r. variegata; though in a few examples of the latter it is not 
present. The dark triangle at the end of the hinge ligament is 
more prominently developed in C. s. firma. 

Like all chamas on the Boynton beach reef, these are very 
broadly attached to the rock and the sculpture is more or less 
obsolete. A few have been found retaining rather weak sculpture 
and dilute ocher-red color up to mature size (57 mm. long). 


ECHINOCHAMA ARCINELLA (L.). 
While this shell generally shows only a very small scar of at- 
tachment near the beak of the right valve, and usually becomes 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 79 


free of attachment when adult, yet occasional examples have a 
larger, strong attachment, and remain fixed up to adult size. This 
is also the case with the West American F. californica Dall. 

The typical form of E. arcinella is the West Indian race with 
many (about 16 +) spinose radial ribs, the spines profuse, slen- 
der and tubular. In the same lots there occur specimens with the 
spines mostly reduced to nodules on the ribs, which remain 
numerous. 

The Florida race of arcinella (PI. 7, fig. 7, Gasparilla I.) has 
fewer radial ribs, usually 7 to 9, and generally stouter, shorter 
spines. If a valid subspecies it will bear the name Echinochama 
arcinella cornuta (Conrad). The Pliocene specimens are rather 
intermediate between these races, as might be expected. 

In some places, as in the south end of Lake Worth, only small 
ones, about 20 mm. long, have been found. A large valve from 
the near-by ocean beach measures 57 mm. 

We regret that the photograph is poor, not showing the pitted 
intercostal sculpture. 


THREE NEW SUBSPECIES OF HELMINTHOGLYPTA 
ARROSA (GOULD) 


BY ALLYN G. SMITH 


Recent investigation into the variation of the common northern 
California land snail Helminthoglypta arrosa (Gould) leads to 
the conclusion that there are at least three races so different from 
any of those already named as to warrant description. They are 
as follows: 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA WILLIAMSI, new subspecies. Pl. 8, 
figs. 1, 2, and 3. 


Diagnosis: Shell of medium size for the species, thin; spire 
high in relation to the diameter, which gives the shell an unusually 
elevated appearance, the apical angle being about 95°; whorls 
6%, closely coiled, the last globose, descending sharply from the 
suture to a point near the periphery, below which it is well- 
rounded, terminating in a subcircular aperture; lip simple, not 
thickened ; peristome only slightly reflected except at its basal 
termination, where it partially covers the umbilicus ; terminations 
of peristome connected with a thin callus wash. Umbilicus small, 


80 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (3) 


contained about 13 times in the major diameter of the shell. 
Nuclear whorls nearly 2, smooth but not glassy. The sculpture 
of the post-nuclear whorls consists of low, irregular growth- 
ridges, which, on the upper portion of the last three whorls, are 
cut into round or somewhat elongated granules following a gen- 
eral spiral arrangement. These granules become obsolete below 
the periphery of the body whorl and disappear in the vicinity of 
the umbilicus and within it, giving the base of the shell a more 
polished appearance than the upper portion. Color, cinnamon- 
brown to buckthorn-brown, with occasional short irregular streaks 
or flecks of lighter color, encircled with a narrow but well-defined 
band of liver-brown. The above is a description of the holotype, 
a fully mature specimen that measures: max. diam. 25.6; min. 
diam. 21.0; alt. 20.6 mm. 


Holotype: Cat. No. 7204, Calif. Acad. Sei. Type Coll. Type 
locality: Hog Island, a small islet in Tomales Bay, Marin Co., 
California. The type lot consists of about 100 shells collected in 
1936 and 1937 by Woodbridge Williams, for whom the subspecies 
is named. Paratypes: Specimens so designated have been placed 
in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences, the Acad- 
emy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the Los Angeles Mu- 
seum, the San Diego Society of Natural History, and in the pri- 
vate collections of Dr. 8S. S. Berry, E. P. Chace, W. Williams, 
and A. G. Smith. 

Remarks: This unusually high-coned subspecies of arrosa is 
distinguished by the entire absence of malleations that are present 
on all other forms of this species that have been described. Indi- 
viduals range in altitude from 18.1 to 23.1 mm., and in maximum 
diameter from 22.8 to 28.3 mm. An extremely tall shell measures 
23.1 x 25.0 mm. (h/d), while a low-coned shell measures 18.1 x 
22.8 mm. The number of whorls varies between 6} and 74, the 
average being 63. The umbilicus is partly covered normally al- 
though in one individual it is entirely open, and in another it is 
almost completely closed. The nuclear whorls of the holotype are 
somewhat worn but on another specimen there is a faint sugges- 
tion of the wrinkled structure normal in arrosa and its described 
subspecies. 

Williams is related most nearly to H. a. stiversiana (J. G. 
Cooper), from which it is distinguished by smaller size, much 
darker color, and lack of malleations. It has the high cone of 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 81 


H. a. miwoka (Bartsch), but is a larger, dark-colored, and 
smoother shell. The shells are found under brush and weeds on 
the lower slopes of the island. Although the colony is a strong 
one at present it could be severely decimated, if not completely 
wiped out by indiscriminate collecting. It is therefore sincerely 
to be hoped that this will not occur, for this form probably exists 
nowhere else, and it represents an interesting variation in an 
extremely variable species of California land snails. 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA POMOENSIS, new subspecies. PI. 8, 
figs. 4, 5, and 6. 


Diagnosis: Shell large and heavy; spire low, with an apical 
angle of 130°. Whorls 62, the last large, full, and evenly-rounded. 
Aperture subovate; lip simple, not thickened, the upper part 
descending slightly from the horizontal axis of the shell, hardly 
reflected above but more so at the periphery and along the basal 
portion, the amount not being especially prominent. Umbilicus 
0.4 mm. in diameter, permeable to the apex, cylindrical, only 
slightly covered by the basal reflection of the peristome. Nuclear 
whorls 12, somewhat eroded and not exhibiting any marked struc- 
ture. The first two and one-half post-nuclear whorls are rela- 
tively smooth, marked only by subobsolete irregular growth-ridges. 
On later whorls the growth-ridges become stronger until on the 
last whorl they dominate the sculptural characters of the upper 
part of the whorl above the periphery. Except on the early whorls 
the growth-ridges are cut irregularly into round or elongate gran- 
ules, which appear strongest only upon the upper portion of the 
body whorl. Fine malleations are superimposed on this trans- 
verse sculpture at about the beginning of the last whorl and these 
rapidly become larger until they are the most prominent struc- 
tural feature of the shell, extending over the periphery and on to 
the base, where they gradually grow weaker and disappear in the 
immediate vicinity of the umbilicus. The result of this combina- 
tion of sculptural characters serves to give the shell a heavily mal- 
leate appearance, which, on closer inspection, is also finely granu- 
lar. The base is highly polished and shining. Color a dark 
cinnamon-brown, covered with an irregular network of maize- 
yellow markings that generally follow the raised edges of the mal- 
leations. This light-colored network is interrupted in places by 
occasional stripes of basic ground-color and is lacking also imme- 
diately behind the lip and on the early whorls. Shell encircled 
with a clean-cut, liver-brown band, 1 mm. wide. Color within the 
aperture reddish-violet, showing the band and other evidences of 
external coloration. The above is a description of the holotype, 


82 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (3) 


an unusually fine, fully mature individual measuring: max. diam. 
39.3; min. diam. 32.1; alt. 25.0 mm. 


Holotype: Cat. No. 7208, Calif. Acad. Sci. Type Coll. Type 
locality: Big River, near the mouth of Daugherty Creek, Mendo- 
eino Co., California, under redwoods, 2 adults and one broken 
shell collected May 31, 1930 (A. G. Smith). Paratype: A single 
specimen, so designated, is No. 3929, A. G. Smith Coll. 

Remarks: This remarkable subspecies of arrosa can be recog- 
nized immediately by its huge size, heavy malleations, and unique 
coloration (for the species) of a yellowish network on a dark back- 
ground. Other examples of this same race have been collected on 
the Navarro River at the mouth of the North Fork, and in Russian 
Gulch, both in Mendocino Co. Apparently it is found only near 
the coast in heavily timbered redwood canyons and is not common, 
being found so far in pairs or singly. With it has also been eol- 
lected a smaller but totally different race close to arrosa s.s., with 
which it evidently does not intergrade. 

Pomoensis is not closely related to any other described arrosa 
subspecies. However, H. arrosa is so variable, taken as a whole, 
it is possible that more careful collecting will turn up intergrades 
between pomoensis and a medium-sized, low-coned race of arrosa 
referable to the subspecies described as rubicunda (Rowell). 

An indication of the large size of the adult specimens collected 
may be obtained from the following table of measurements: 


Big River, Diam. 39.3 mm., alt. 25.0 mm., whorls 62. Type. 

Mendocino'Co. :“*) 40.5559 “i 2ahy £168. 4/Para- 
type. 

Mavarre River,  “") - 407) “yee aaa ot CAGE: 


Mendocino Co, ““ 36.5 ** °° "22.6 S600 Gee 
Russian Gulch, 
Mendocino Co, ** 4) Steg) i At sal are tS inGe. 


Named for the Pomo, a tribe of Indians formerly living in the 
vicinity where this snail is now found, who may have used it for 
food. 


1 Rowell described this as a subspecies of H. exarata, which is obviously 
an error as the latter is known only from the Santa Cruz Mts. north to 
Pescadero, in San Mateo Co. and Los Gatos in Santa Clara Co., California. 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 83 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA ARROSA MATTOLENSIS, new subspecies. Pl. 8, 
figs. 7, 8 and 9. 


Diagnosis: Shell large, globose, of fairly heavy texture; spire 
moderately elevated, the apical angle being 113°; whorls 53, the 
last rapidly expanding, effuse and evenly rounded, terminating in 
a capacious aperture; lip not quite mature and therefore thin, 
slightly expanded above but more so below, where its basal termi- 
nation half obscures the umbilicus, connected between termina- 
tions by an exceedingly thin wash of callus. Umbilicus rather 
small for the size of the shell, being contained about 16 times in 
its major diameter. Nuclear whorls 2, smooth but not shining 
under a magnification of x40. Sculpture of the post-nuclear 
whorls composed of low, irregularly spaced growth-ridges that 
gradually increase in size until on the last three whorls they be- 
come the most prominent sculptural feature. On the body whorl 
there are several broad malleated areas or bands, extending from 
suture to base, being wider at the periphery. The last of these 
areas lies just behind the lip and covers about one-eighth of the 
body whorl. On this the malleations are large and coarse, but on 
two similar but smaller areas preceding it the malleations are 
smaller and finer. The malleated areas are also sculptured with 
transverse ridges, much lower than the growth-ridges and spaced 
so closely that from two to six or seven lie between each major 
pair. These finer ridges are cut by spiral striations that vary con- 
siderably in strength but are sufficiently incised to produce a 
marked granular appearance above the periphery, the granules, 
where prominent, being much elongated. The spiral striations 
can be seen only under a magnification of about x14 and are 
stronger above than below where they are more closely spaced on 
portions of the base where they are visible. Color yellow-brown 
with occasional cinnamon-brown streaks, the most heavily mal- 
leated area being of the darker color and marked with lighter col- 
ored flammulations. Shell encircled with a clean-cut liver-brown 
band about 2 mm. wide. The above is a description of the holo- 
type, a fine but recently matured individual measuring: max. 
diam. 36.7; min. diam. 28.6; alt. 27.2 mm. 


Holotype: Cat. No. 7209, Calif. Acad. Sci. Type Coll. Type 
locality: On the coast between Cape Mendocino and the mouth 
of the Mattole River, Humboldt Co., California, living shells being 
found among the fallen leaves of madrone trees (Arbutus men- 
zvesu). The type lot consists of 18 adult specimens, mostly dead 
and bleached, and 16 nearly half-grown young shells, living when 
collected. G. Dallas Hanna, coll., June 13, 1928. Paratypes: 


84 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (3) 


Specimens so designated have been placed in the collections of the 
California Academy of Sciences, the Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia, the Los Angeles Museum, the San Diego Society 
of Natural History, and the private collections of E. P. Chace, 
Dr. 8. S. Berry, and A. G. Smith. 

Remarks: It was altogether astonishing to discover another 
large race belonging to the arrosa group at a locality so far north 
in California, where one would expect to find H. a. expansilabris 
(Pilsbry) or a low-coned form referable to H. a. rubicunda 
(Rowell). In fact, a single dead shell of this latter subspecies 
was collected along with the larger shells of mattolensis, which is 
at least partial proof that the two occupy the same habitat. No 
evidence of intergradation is to be seen in the material at hand. 

Mattolensis is variable in size, as shown by the following table: 


areest’ shell susie Diam. 38.6 mm.; alt. 31.2 mm.; whorls 64 
Smallest. shell uh Se tee Oi ae a, eee ip SS tree 
Average of 18 adults... pts on) Be S| Os °F SEE 


The number of whorls ranges from a maximum of 64 to a mini- 
mum of 54. The umbilicus of most of the shells in the type lot 
is almost unobscured by the basal reflection of the peristome, while 
in several it is half covered; one individual is imperforate. 
Young living specimens vary in color from light horn to cin- 
namon-brown, and one has the dark band bordered by broader 
bands of lighter color. The nuclear characters are well shown in 
these young shells, the nucleus being semi-polished and generally 
rather smooth except for a crimping of the shell at the tip and 
along the suture. The presence of occasional papillations leads 
to the supposition that embryonic shells may be sparsely hirsute. 
This new subspecies of arrosa may be recognized at once by its 
large size, tall spire, and more especially by its exceedingly globose 
body-whorl and large subcireular aperture. H. arrosa s.s. from 
San Mateo Co. and from the region of Mt. Tamalpais in Marin 
Co. are equal in size but have an average of one more whorl and 
do not have as globose a body-whorl. In spite of being at least 
double the size, it appears to be more closely related to expansi- 
labris than to any other described subspecies inasmuch as it has 
approximately the same ratio of height to major diameter, the 


THE NAUTILUS: 51 (8) PLATE 8 


1-3, Helminthoglypta arrosa williamsi A.G.S. 4-6, H. a. pomoensis A.G.S. 7-9, H. a. 
mattolensis A.G.S. 10-12, Helminthoglypta tudiculata rex Church & Smith. 


January, 1938 | THE NAUTILUS 85 


same average number of whorls, and a habitat that lies within the 
range of this subspecies. However, in addition to size, it differs 
from expansilabris in being at least partially umbilicate and in 
several sculptural characters as well. 

Named for the Mattole River, in the general vicinity of which 
this snail was discovered. An additional lot was collected this 
summer by Mr. and Mrs. E. P. Chace at a point ten miles south 
of Cape Mendocino, in Humboldt Co. 

Thanks are due to Dr. Leo G. Hertlein and to Dr. G. Dallas 
Hanna of the California Academy of Sciences for their coopera- 
tion in making accessible the excellently arranged and widely 
representative Academy collection for study purposes, and for 
furnishing photographs for reproduction; and also to Dr. H. A. 
Pilsbry of the Philadelphia Academy for advice and helpful 
comments. 

Berkeley, California, December 1, 1937. 


NOMENCLATURE OF ONCHIDIIDAE 


BY H. BURRINGTON BAKER 


The following generic, subgeneric and sectional names have been 
proposed in this family: 

Onchidium Buchannan, 1800, Trans. Linn. Soc. London 5: 132; 
type (only species) O. typhae Buchannan, loc. cit., from Ganges 
River, India. 

Onchidion Froriep, 1806, Dumeril’s Anal. Zool.: 164; emenda- 
tion of Onchidium and taking same type. 

Onchydium Blainville, 1817, Jour. de Phys. 85: 438, misspell- 
ing. 

Peromum Blainville, 1818, Dict. Sci. Nat. 12: 285, nude; not 
used in 1817 (loc. cit.) although differences between Onchidium 
peronu and O. typhae are discussed. 

Orchidium Gray, 1821, London Med. Rep. 15: 230; misspelling 
or emendation of Onchidium ; same type. 

Onchis Férussac, 1822 (probably March), Hist. Nat., livr. 15, 
Tabl. gén.: p. xxxi; substitute for and taking same type as 
Onchidium ‘‘Cuvier’’ Férussac, 1821, Tabl. Syst. Fam. Limaces: 
8, defined and with type by original designation, Onchidium 
peronu Cuvier, 1804, Ann. Mus. H. N. (Paris) 5: 37, from 
Mauritius. 


86 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (3) 


Peronia Fleming, May, 1822, Encyel. Brit., suppl. to 4-6 ed., 
vol. 5: 574; type (only species) Peronia peronu (Cuvier) ; also 
Blainville, 1825, Dict. Sci. Nat. 38: 519. 

Buchanania Lesson, 1831, Voy. Coquille, Zool. II (1) : 296; type 
(only species) B. onchidioides Lesson, loc. cit., from shores of 

hile. 

Onchidae Swainson, 1840, Treat. Malac.: 56; misspelled plural 
of Onchidium. 

Oncidium Agassiz, 1846, Nom. Zool., Index Univ. : 259 ; emenda- 
tion of Onchidium ; type O. typhae. 

Oncus Agassiz, 1846, loc. cit.; emendation of Onchis; type O. 
peronn. 

Oncis Herrmannsen, 1847, op. cit.: 149, 150; emendation of 
Onchis; type (designated p. 149) Onchidiwm peroniw Cuvier. 

Onchidia ‘‘Swainson’’ Gray, 1847, Proce. Zool. Soe. London 15: 
179 ; misspelled singular of Swainson’s Onchidae; type Onchidium 
typhae. 

Buchanma Gray, 1847, loc. cit.; misspelling of Buchanania; 
type B. onchidioides. 

Buchanaania Gistel, 1848, Natur. Thierr.: p. vili; another mis- 
spelling. 

Ephrada Gistel, 1848, loc. cit.; substitute for Buchanaana; 
type B. onchidioides. 

Eudrastus Gistel, 1848, op. cit.: p. x; substitute for Peroni 
Quoy, 1834, Isis: 287 (a review of Quoy & Gaimard, 1832, Voy. 
Astrolabe, Zool., vol. 2); type now designated Onchidiuwm ton- 
ganum Q. & G., 1832: 210, from Tonga. 

Onchidella M. E. Gray in J. E. Gray, 1850, Fig. Moll. Animals 
4: 117; type not designated by Herrmannsen, 1852, op. cit., 
suppl.: 96; type by subsequent designation of Fischer & Crosse, 
1878, Miss. Mex., Rech. Zool. 7 (1): 687, Onchidium nigricans 
Quoy & Gaimard, 1832, op. cit.: 214, from Tasman Bay, New 
Zealand. 

Peronella Morch, 1863, Jour. de Conch. 11: 48; type (only 
species) Onchis armadilla Morch, 1863, loc. cit., from St. Thomas, 
West Indies; not Peronella Gray, 1855, Cat. Rec. Echin. Brit. 
Mus. : 13. 

Oncida ‘‘Swainson’’ Paetel, 1875, Fam. Gat. Moll.: 148; 
emended singular of Swainson’s Onchidae; type O. typhae. 

Oncidiella Fischer & Crosse, 1878, loc. cit.; emendation of 
Onchidella; type O. nigricans. 

Onchidina Semper, 1882, Reis. Arch. Phil. 3 (6): 287; type 
(only species) Onchidella australis ‘‘Gray’’ Semper, 1880, Reis. 
(5), pl. 19, f. 11, 14, 15; 1882, loc. cit., from Brisbane, Australia. 

Oncidina Plate, 1893, Zool. Jahrb., Anat. 7: 166, 208; emenda- 
tion of Onchidina; type O. australis. 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 87 


Peronina Plate, 1893, op. cit.: 166, 210; type (only species) P. 
alta Plate, 1893: 210, from India. 

Oncis Plate, 1893, op. cit.: 164, 190; type by subsequent desig- 
nation of Woodward, 1894, Zool. Ree. 30: Moll. 57, O. coriacea 
Semper = Onchidium coriaceum Spr., 1880, Reis. (5) : pl. 19, f. 1, 
16; 1882: 271, from Philippine Islands; not Oncis Herrmannsen 

1847). 

ee alii Dall, 1905, Harriman Alaska Exped. 13: 112; type 
by original designation Onchidella borealis Dall, 1871, Amer. 
Jour. Conch. 7: 135, from Sitka, Alaska. 

Watsoniella Hoffmann, 1928, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. 55: 56, 102; 
type (only species) W. lesliet + Orchidium leslier Stearns, 1892, 
Nautilus 6: 87, from Albemarle Island, Galapagos; not Wat- 
soniella Berg, 1898, Communic. Mus. Buenos Aires I: 42. 

Occidentella Hoffmann, 1929, Zool. Jahrb., Syst. 57: 269; type 
(now designated) Oncidiella obscura Plate, 1893, op. cit.: 207, 
from Urville Island, New Zealand (a subjective synonym of O. 
NIGVICANS ). 

Hoffmannola Strand, 1932, Folia Zool. Hydrobiol. (Riga) 4 
(2) : 194; substitute for Watsoniella; type W. lesliet. 

Paraperon Labbé, 1934, Ann. Inst. Oceanogr. Paris 14: 187, 
196; without type designation, but including P. fidjiensis Labbé, 
1934: 197, from Fiji Islands. 

Lessonia Labbé, 1934, op. cit.: 187, 213; only species Onchidium 
ferrugineum Lesson, 1831, op. cit.: 300, from New Guinea; not 
Lessonia Swainson (1832) nor Eydoux & Souleyet (1852). 

Scaphis Labbé, 1934, op. cit.: 187, 207; without type designa- 
tion, but including Onchidium punctatum Quoy & Gaimard, 1832, 
op. cit.: 215, from New Guinea. 

Quoya Labbé, 1934, op. cit.: 187, 228; only species Q. indica 
Labbé, 1934: 216, from Indian Ocean; not Quoya Agassiz (1862) 
nor Deshayes (18438). 

Paraoncidium Labbé, 1934, op. cit.: 187, 228; type not desig- 
nated but including Onchidiuwm chameleon Brazier, 1886, Proc. 
Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 10: 729, from Port Jackson, Australia. 

Semperella Labbé, 1934, op. cit.: 187, 236; type not designated 
but including Onchidium glabrum Semper, 1880, Reis. (5): pl. 
19, f. 3, 12; 1882: 263, from Camiguin de Luzon, Philippine 
Islands ; not Semperella Gray, 1868, Ann. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. 2: 
376. 

Accepting Hoffmann’s classification, which seems to be founded 
on the most careful consideration of the morphological data, the 
following nomenclature results : 


Onchidina is the original spelling of his 6th genus (the most 


88 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (3) 


primitive according to Plate), with Oncidina as an absolute 
synonym. 

His 5th genus is Peronina and his 4th is Hoffmannola (+ Wat- 
soniella, preoccupied ). 

Onchidella is the original spelling of his 3rd genus, with Oncidi- 
ella as an absolute synonym. Because his ‘‘Ostgruppe’’ is the 
typical group, Occidentella is a subjective synonym. Since 
Peronella is preoccupied, Arctonchis is the proper name for his 
‘“Westgruppe.’’ 

PLATEVINDEX, new name for Oncis Plate, 1893, op. cit.: 
164, not Oncis Herrmannsen, becomes the name of Hoffmann’s 
2nd genus, unless some available name has been missed; Semper- 
ella is a subjective, invalid and preoccupied synonym. The name 
of the type species is Platevindex coriaceus (Semper, 1880), which 
is prior to Vaginulus stuxbergi Westerlund (1883). 

Onchidium is the original spelling of his first genus, with 
Onchidion, Onchydium, Orchidium, Oncidium, Onchidia and 
Oncida as absolute synonyms and Paraoncidium as an invalid, 
subjective one. If the ‘‘dendrobranchiate’’ species, for which 
Labbé described a ‘‘suborder,’’ 2 ‘‘families’’ and 4 ‘‘new genera,’’ 
require a sectional name, Onchis is the first vested one (although 
the nude Peronium is prior), with Peronia, Oncus and Oncis as 
absolute synonyms, and Eudrastus, Paraperonia, Scaphis, Les- 
sonia and Quoya as subjective ones, although, according to article 
25, ec, 3, of the International Rules, all Labbé’s generic names are 
invalid except (?) those proposed for single species (preoccupied, 
anyway ). 

Buchanania, with Buchannia, Buchanaania and Ephrada as 
absolute synonyms, remains a misspelled nomen dubium. 


FURTHER NOTES UPON TERTIARY AND RECENT 
MOLLUSKS FROM FLORIDA, WITH DESCRIP- 
TIONS OF NEW SPECIES 
BY MAXWELL SMITH 
(Concluded from p. 68) 


MvREX MACGINTYI n. sp. Whorls five, plus smooth shining 
nucleus of about two whorls, suture impressed; about seven 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 89 


spiral raised ridges with slightly branching terminations which 
are recurved, hollow inside near the tips; aperture moderately 
large, oval in shape; canal slightly oblique, partially closed, 
recurved at terminus. 

This species is allied to M. glyptus Smith. One very charac- 
teristic feature is the pinched appearance of the posterior por- 
tion of the body whorl. Beyond this pinched portion is a pair of 
axial ridges which are somewhat separated from the others. 
Length 22.5 mm. Holotype in the Paul McGinty collection, 
Boynton, Florida. Named for its discoverer Thomas L. McGinty. 
Pl. 6, fig. 11. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


Murex Giyptus® n. sp. Nucleus of holotype imperfect, whorls 
about seven; suture well impressed; spiral sculpture consisting 
upon the body whorl of about twelve rounded ribs, arranged are 
shaped from axial rib to rib, often marked with a division line 
in the center, the major termination of the axial sculpture turned 
backward from the direction of growth, openings beneath away 
from the recurved points. The eight axial eminences are sharp 
and largely formed by foliated processes. Aperture small, oval 
in shape; canal slightly oblique, almost closed. Length of holo- 
type 26 mm., in the author’s collection. 

From the young M. rufus, an abundant shell in the same beds, 
the new species differs in the more generous spire, the distinct 
shoulder, the recurved processes, smaller aperture and mature 
aspect. The extraordinary sculpture suggests certain Corallio- 
philas. Pl. 6, fig. 10. Plocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


MuREX HEXAGONUS OXYTATA n. subsp. Sculpture fine, spiny 
processes sharp; shell inclined to be rather slender when com- 
pared with West Indian recent examples which are more rudely 
sculptured. The new subspecies appear to agree with living 
specimens from the Florida east coast and which may also bear 
the same name. Holotype deposited in the Museum of Compara- 
tive Zoology 22 mm. long; paratypes in the author’s collection 26 
mm. long. PI. 6, fig. 6. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


ILYANASSA (PARANASSA) FLORIDANA Smith (Naut. XLIX, p. 
138). Additional specimens of this shell, better preserved, ex- 
hibit low, rounded spiral ribs which are visible below the suture 
chiefly near the short canal. There is also rough oblique sculp- 


ture upon the later whorls of the spire. Pliocene, Clewiston, 
Florida. 


ENGINA TURBINELLA Kien. The Pliocene examples are excep- 
tionally well developed, and as adult specimens are difficult to 
obtain upon the Florida Keys the illustration may prove useful. 


3 glyptus, carved. 


90 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (8) 


Usually the recent specimens, which lack character on account of 
immature aspect are inhabited by hermit-crabs. This species ap- 
parently lives a little below low tide mark. Length of specimen 
figured 21 mm. PI. 6, fig. 18. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


PHOS ROYCEI n. sp. Whorls six, in addition a smooth bulbous 
nucleus of 14 whorls; suture well impressed; about 11 axial ribs 
upon body whorl and a heavily expanded rib adjacent to the 
outer lip; about 14 strong spiral ribs upon body whorl] and which 
also cover the axial ribs, occasional finer ribs between the former ; 
posterior canal short but distinct; anterior canal moderately 
wide, deflected anteriorly; interior of outer lip grooved a short 
distance, parietal wall provided with irregularly placed short 
grooves or pustules. Length 13 mm. 

This new Phos is related to Phos parvus intricatus Dall. In 
that species the sculpture differs considerably ; the spiral ribs are 
much less uniform in size. On intricatus the spiral sculpture is 
dominant, on P. royeei the axial the most evident. The aperture 
of P. parvus is roughly half the length of the shell, relatively 
much longer and larger than in the new species. Viewing the 
two upon a plane surface P. royeei shows much greater deflec- 
tion at the anterior end plus a longer canal. 

In making comparisons a long series of living Phos parvus 
intricatus obtained by Winifred Royce at Key Largo, Florida, 
provided material for study. The new tertiary shell is associated 
with his name. The holotype is to be placed in the Museum of 
Comparative Zoology. Pl. 6, fig. 7. Pliocene, Clewiston, Florida. 


Mirra compsa‘ n. sp. Shell of moderate size, slender, seven 
whorls, base of body whorl constricted, three folds on columella 
and an indistinct twist below, parietal callus thin; suture well 
impressed. The sculpture consists of three strong oblique spiral 
cords on whorls of spire, the anterior one with the tendency to 
merge with the suture half way around, about eleven primary 
cords upon the body whorl, a finer but distinct cord below suture 
and often similar sized cords between primary ones of body 
whorl and in addition smaller ones; fine axial threads between 
the spiral cords, often a little oblique; inner margin of outer lip 
erenulated opposite primary cords. Aperture narrow, nearly 
half length of shell. Length 23 mm. Holotype to be placed in 
the Museum of Comparative Zoology. 

This species is related to M. henekeni Sowerby from the Gurabo 
formation in the Dominican Republic and M. stephensoni Mans- 
field from the Choctawhatchee formation of Florida. It may 
readily be separated from these by the presence of four instead 
of three primary cords upon the whorls of the spire and in the 


4 compsa, neat. 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 91 


arrangement of plaits upon the columella. M. stephensoni has 
four plaits upon the columella against three in the new species 
and the suture is less impressed. In M. henekeni the primary 
cords are not so oblique, the aperture narrower and less extended. 

Undoubtedly this species has escaped notice on account of its 
superficial resemblance to the young M. lneolata Heilprin, a 
common shell in the Caloosahatchee marl. PI. 6, fig. 5. Pliocene, 
Clewiston, Florida. 


GONIOBASIS EFFOSA® n. sp. Shell elongated, whorls regularly 
placed and five in number exclusive of the eroded nucleus; suture 
moderately impressed, deeply cut in part and forming a groove; 
body whorl with about eleven spiral lirations which are closely 
placed below the periphery, on the inferior whorls one more 
prominent than the others and forming a slight keel shortly above 
the suture, the keel separated from the suture by a raised line of 
the usual size; the lirations crossed throughout with wavy raised 
growth lines which on the body whorl do not extend below the 
periphery; aperture large and with thin lip which is sinuous. 
Length of holotype, 24 mm., aperture 10 mm. Paratypes are 
smaller and in the author’s collection. 

Dall in his work upon the southern Tertiary mentions that Mr. 
Willeox secured a Goniobasis in the Florida Tertiary, subse- 
quently lost before a description could be prepared. He states 
its resemblance to G. hallenbecki Lea. The present new species 
does not recall that one but rather the recent G. troostiana Lea, 
but the sharp carina is dominant in that species. 

At Belle Glade, the type locality for Fusinus watermam, there 
appears to be a mixture of Pliocene deep water shells and pos- 
sibly some Miocene. The new Gomobasis possibly belongs to the 
latter formation. Associated with it was a specimen of Architec- 
tomca granulata Lam., which never before has been reported 
from the marls in this portion of the state. Pl. 6, fig. 4a, 4b. 
Tertiary, Belle Glade, Florida. 


NOTES ON “AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY” BY THOMAS 
SAY, WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE 
SEVENTH PART, EDITED BY 
T. A. CONRAD 


BY H. E. WHEELER 

(Continued from p. 50) 
Part V treats of sixteen species, listed on the cover as before 
in alphabetical order by genera. The cover is dated August, 


5 effosa, suggested by excavated suture. 


92 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (3) 


1832. There are again forty pages of text, and ten plates, num- 
bered 41-50, all of which were engraved by Mr. L. Lyon. The 
species treated are, in the order presented in the text, as follows: 
Unio lapillus, Unio camptodon, Unio lugubris, Crepidula plana, 
Modiola papuana, Helicina orbiculata, Helicina occulta, Melania 
virginica, Melania multilineata, Melania semicarinata, Melania 
lacqueata, Ranella caudata, Cerithium muscarum, Cerithiwm sep- 
temstriatum, Cerithium ferrugineum, Mytilus hamatus. Four 
of these are for the first time described, and so italicized in our 
list. 

The last page of the cover carries several important notes. 
The first reads: Notice. With this number we send gratis to 
those who have paid for the preceding Nos., a copy of a work 
which we have recently printed, entitled ‘‘Glossary to the Ameri- 
ean Conchology,’’ explanatory of the terms made use of in the 
science of Conchology. A copy will also be presented to each 
subseriber who shall transmit by mail, free of postage, his respec- 
tive sum now due, within one month after having received this 
number. We hope at a future day to be able to present our sub- 
seribers with an ‘‘Introduction to the science of Conchology,”’ 
with plates, on the same terms. 

The Glossary, then, was not a coordinate part of the American 
Conchology, but used as an inducement to subscribers to bring 
up their arrears. As it was partially distributed with this num- 
ber, it is proper to associate the two and to bind them together. 

Say authorizes the placement of his Sigaretus perspectivus in 
the genus Cryptostoma, and promises a characterization of the 
genus in his next number. This promise is fulfilled at the end of 
Part VI. Say also refers his Sigaretus maculatus to Cryptostoma, 
but retains the genus Sigaretus until he can publish a species that 
satisfies its diagnosis. 

In a footnote on this cover Say credits his brother with the find- 
ing of a Venericardia, which came from New Jersey, and which 
he described under the name of cribraria, The description is here 
repeated, but since the specimen was imperfect he does not con- 
sider it entitled to recognition. The name Venericardia cribraria, 
then, has perhaps no other status in conchological literature than 
this brief diagnosis on a cover which bookbinders have so thought- 
lessly scrapped. 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 93 


Part VI consists of forty-eight pages of text, and ten plates, 
numbered 51-60. The eighteen species reviewed are found in the 
text in the following order: Unio nexus, Unio apiculatus, Unio 
quadrulus, Planorbis lentus, Planorbis trivolvis, Planorbis bicari- 
natus, Limneus emarginatus, Limneus ecatascopium, Limneus 
decidiosus, Pecten islandicus, Pecten dislocatus, Nassa unicincta, 
Nassa vibex, Nassa acuta, Ostrea equestris, Cytherea albaria, Petri- 
eola pholadiformis, and Petricola dactylis. Those in italic are 
new; and one, the Cytherea, is a fossil. 

Following the plates there is a characterization of the genus 
Cryptostoma and a two-page Synonymy of the Western North 
American species of Unio and Alasmodonta. Forty-eight species 
of the former, and three of the latter genus are validated, ninety- 
five names being thrown into the synonymy. This little piece of 
work is the precursor of a flock of synonymies over which Isaac 
Lea and Timothy Conrad wrangled for many years. 

The cover of Part VI is in every way similar to that of the 
preceding number, both of which bear the statement that the 
printing was done ‘‘at the M. Press,’’ other covers showing that 
they were issued from the School Press. The ‘‘M.’’ probably 
stands for Maclure, the patron of the author, and one of the 
founders of the New Harmony Community. The date on the 
cover is April, 1834. 

On the fourth page of the cover Say attributes the delay in 
publication, an interval of twenty months, to the protracted 
illness and death of Mr. Lyon, the engraver. In the notes follow- 
ing H (elix) irrorata is made a variety of H. lactea Miill., Melania 
acuta is added to the synonymy of M. semicarinata. Say feels 
that Valvata arenifera, previously described in the Transactions 
of the American Philosophical Society, is in reality the follicle 
of a Phryganea. Caracolla helicoides is made a synonym of Helix 
palliata Say, and Helix carolinensis is made a variety of Helix 
appressa. Melania tuberculata is considered a variety of M. 
stygia Say, and Melania elongata is suggested as a probable 
variety only of M. elevata. Two corrections of dates are made. 
Attention is called to the fact that Plate 53 had been printed and 
colored with Barnes’ name Unio rugosus instead of Rafinesque’s 
name, quadrulus, which should stand. In the Binney copy of 
Say this plate has been corrected; but in the Marsh copy, which 


94 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (8) 


is also before me, the plate carries the uncorrected name as origi- 
nally engraved. 

Part VII. This posthumous work of Say comprises sixteen 
pages of text and eight colored plates. Four of these plates were 
engraved by L. Walker, but whoever engraved the others failed 
to sign the coppers. The species treated are as follows: Donax 
variabilis, Donax fossor, Cyrena carolinensis, Venus alveata, 
Tellina brevifrons, Tellina mera, Tellina alternata, Tellina polita, 
Tellina tenta, Tellina tenuis, Area zebra, Unio truncatus, and 
Unio lineolatus. Those italicized are new to science. The table 
of contents on the cover lists these species in the order in which 
they appear, not alphabetically as heretofore. 

Following the text there is an Appendix, printed on one side 
of the last two pages, which publishes Say’s manuscript descrip- 
tion of Chiton apiculatus, but without a drawing. On the same 
page the editor, Conrad, quotes Say’s observation that his Venus 
alveata is to be considered a variety of Dillwyn’s cingenda (can- 
cellata Lam.). 

The cover of this rare part is similar to those of the foregoing 
numbers, save that it is printed on blue paper, the price of the 
number is omitted, and there is nothing to show when or where 
the number was published. The character of type would indicate 
that it was done in New Harmony, but that is by no means certain. 
Conrad’s name does not appear either in the text or on the cover, 
and the parts for which he was responsible are indicated by the 
subscription ‘‘Editor,’’ or simply ‘‘Ed.’’ There are five of these 
editorial notes, but in addition the characterization of Tellina 
tenuis, and the observation as to the occurrence of Unio lineolatus 
in the Warrior River and elsewhere is undoubtedly Conrad’s work. 

It should also be noted that one of the species in this number 
is a fossil, Venus alveata, which was previously described by Con- 
rad himself. The cover contains no announcement of the con- 
tinuation or suspension of the work. 

William G. Binney® states that Conrad brought out this Sev- 
enth Part after Say’s death ‘‘which occurred in September, 
1833.’’ On December 12, 1834, George Ord, read a Memoir on 


6 Binney, W. G., The Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Conchology 
of the United States, New York, 1858, p. 226 foot note. 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 95 


the life of Say before the American Philosophical Society, in 
Philadelphia, in which he gave the true date of his death, namely, 
October 10, 1834." 


Republications 


In 1856 W. G. Binney brought out his first republication of 
Say’s writings on Conchology. It consisted of 40 pages and was 
limited to the land shells described by Say. This was made the 
first part of a later work, entitled, The Complete Writings of 
Thomas Say on the Conchology of the United States, the original 
title page of which was used in place, but another title page pre- 
pared for the whole work. This included, also with an appro- 
priate title page, a second part, pages 41-252, entitled, Descrip- 
tions of Fluviatile and Marine Shells of North America by Thomas 
Say. The title page of the first part was Descriptions of Terres- 
trial Shells of North America by Thomas Say, but bears the date 
1858. 

This republication does not reprint the Glossary to American 
Conchology. It does not reprint in the second part such descrip- 
tions of land shells as properly belong there, since they had 
appeared in the first part. The article in the second and third 
editions of Nicholson’s American Encyclopedia are reprinted, with 
facsimiles of the plates, and Binney believed that the same article 
was printed in the first edition, but he had not succeeded in finding 
it. The several editions were dated 1816, 1818, and 1819 respec- 
tively. 

All of the plates in the American Conchology were reproduced 
from the original coppers. Plate 75, the concluding one, is a 
colored illustration of Ampullaria rotundata, identified by Halde- 
man, which Say had described in the New Harmony Disseminator 
on August 12, 1829, but no figure had been published. Tiebout’s 
original number for this plate ‘‘2’’ was left on it, the new number 
assigned (75) being placed at the top. 

As far as the matter contained in the American Conchology is 
concerned, it is all reproduced in Binney’s republication ; but, as 
has been previously stated, not consecutively. Some copies of 


7 Binney, W. G., The Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology 
of North America, New York, 1858, Vol. I, p. xii. 


[Vou. 51 (3) 


THE NAUTILUS 


96 


i 


"ATU, YIqrepuBs,A “UUETD ‘O “"T 


* 
x pee se eeeeeeeeseeeees eseT[0D OALOSOY 1.10489 
Pe ee ee umosnyy UST 
eRe R sat ee ees com Ae euvIpuy 
4 . ‘fuourey, MON ‘LIVIQIT 8, WRULSUTYIO A 
‘ £dog seprypoH theaneescesconsesscssestenscscneneecessenensn ArevIgry 07819 VUBIpUy 
= ~ kdeg, outer “a a | eee frerqry 0ye1g euerpuy 
4 a ss | SS dS ee a ee Sso1dMOD jo AIvIQuy 
é * . erydpopelyd ‘oynyrysuy UpyUeLy 
ma "i a> ai in Sos es eee et ees AIvIQvy orqugd m0jsogq 
* gat le ae eS 2 oa ee ee "ACN ‘Auvqry ‘Arerqry 09899 “A “N 
r - Ysivyy [IoMsoyy seneeeesccscsenscesencensseuseesees IOTOO MA “7 “Ts jo ArvIqry 
» + oue'y IOzoUNgA AOA eee eeeesenenseuenenaensesacnenerseeansnennes osRolyO jo AYISIOATU LE) 
Ps IoyeM juesig | ~~ ioqiy uuy ‘uestyotpy Fo AzIs19ATUQ 
ee Ee oe eee erg dopey Ti Jo 209 “qSTHL 
ee ee eee ee ee oseBoryO ‘KIB IQUT IvIdIO uyor 
gee ih i ian i espriquivg ‘ksojooz ‘duog umosnyy 
se Pi souurg v9) “M ceccccseucssouceceesuessesetesansass IepIOU MA “a 58] jo AreIquy 
* r ey puypsug ‘uMOL “get “a Lf Fo Arvsqry 
i a Tas] HAE wee |) ta YoTNOHIW ceucay “Aq ‘sepasuy 
sory “eIUAOJITVO Usoyjnog jo ApIs1OATUE) 
x sdymyd ‘g c eecssensacsecnsnensecnsveceeesesnansssseseseason “eI ‘Tag “7V'8 NT pRoy 
* es keg “SIL senessseceassensccosensvsensnsccesssgeccosessese “el ‘log VEN “pRoVv 
y/FR| @ | Bless] 2 [22/ 828 
nH | o& Sere S shel Ss & Bag’ 
9 |2@| & eaiea-d See |-5o a-8-4 
s [se| ¢ | ¢ iade| B | a ae 
eC: Se eee ee BS 3 
Bp © = 5 0a nD We oR S] 3 
q iin 3° 8 Bol | S | 448 kxojytsodeq yueseig 
° Qu ae B B ? BLA 
9) S ° ie 2 ry 5 
epee ieee | oo 
5 a Al ae 4 Oa 
> a 5 i 4 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 97 


Binney’s Republication contain the extensive catalogues of the 
publishers, Messrs. H. Bailliere, bound with them in the back. 
From this catalogue of 1858 we learn that a copy of Say’s Ameri- 
can Entomology, a ‘‘very scarce’’ work, could be had for $30.00; 
that copies of Binney’s Republication of Say’s Conchological 
Works were available at $12.00, with coloured plates; but that the 
continuation section, just issued in 1858, was available for $5.50 
to subscribers to the first part, issued in 1856. 

In 1840 Mrs. Lucey Say issued a reprint of some forty-eight 
species of land and fresh-water shells which her husband had pub- 
lished at various times between 1829 and 1831 in the New Har- 
mony Disseminator of Useful Knowledge, and in the Transylvania 
Journal of Medicine, Lexington, Kentucky. This work is occa- 
sionally incorporated with copies of the Conchology. Mrs. Say 
states in the preface to this pamphlet that all these species would 
have appeared in the forthcoming numbers of the Conchology, 
with illustrations, had Say lived to realize his ambition. She 
regrets that she cannot furnish the illustration now. She states 
that many of the shells described had been already deposited in 
the Academy of Natural Sciences, and that others were in her 
own cabinet. 


JUNIUS HENDERSON 
BY T. D. A. COCKERELL 


Junius Henderson died, after a long and painful illness, on the 
night of Nov. 4, 1937. He was born at Marshalltown, Iowa, in 
April, 1865. Iowa, when it was still something of a frontier 
state, gave birth to a remarkable series of naturalists, such as 
Eastman, Evermann, Springer and Pilsbry. There must have 
been something stimulating in the atmosphere, sowing the seed 
in Henderson’s mind which was to produce such an abundant 
crop during the last thirty years of his life. I remember him in 
the early years of this century, when he was still thought of as 
the county judge, learned in the law, and in all sorts of unobtru- 
Sive ways rendering service alike to the public and to private 
individuals. It will never be known how many people he wisely 
counselled, preventing them from making mistakes, or guiding 


98 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (3) 


them to wise decisions. This being a mining region, he was the 
more efficient in all these matters because of his knowledge of 
geology, and later on he was constantly consulted by workers in 
Economie Geology, men who were presumed to be experts, but 
who had to depend on Henderson’s wide knowledge for the 
determination of the various strata. Many years ago, I received 
from the editors of the New International Encyclopedia a copy 
of their article ‘‘Colorado,’’ with a request to revise it for a new 
edition. Running through it, I at once saw that it was greatly 
in need of revision, but where was the man whose knowledge was 
comprehensive and exact enough to do it? I could think of only 
one such man, and those who have the latest edition will see that 
the article on Colorado is credited in large part to Junius Hen- 
derson. Henderson was honorary curator of the University of 
Colorado Museum at a time when the whole collection would have 
gone into a good sized wagon, and was of no great value. For- 
tunately, for all concerned, the University was at length able to 
adopt him as a professor, in charge of the Museum, and today we 
ean see the results. Although the Museum has had neither space 
nor money to develop large exhibits, such as may be seen else- 
where, it has no rival in the Rocky Mountain region if we regard 
the vast number of species represented, and the opportunities 
presented for research. Although Henderson worked and wrote 
on geology, mammals, birds, amphibia, reptiles, and anthropology, 
so that had he done nothing else his fame would have been secure, 
it was the study of mollusca which always attracted him most, 
and to which his major effort was directed. He was not content 
to merely investigate such shells as might fall in his way, but 
through a system of exchanges built up a magnificent collection 
of specimens in the Museum. He corresponded with many people, 
some of whom developed a strong regard for him, though they 
had never seen him. I recall in particular a letter which came 
from John Ponsonby, of London, who was dying, and sent a last 
affectionate message to his correspondent Henderson. As he 
organized the great collection of shells, he also organized the 
literature, and prepared for his guidance large typewritten vol- 
umes, giving the original descriptions (with photographs of 
figures) of all the western species. His volumes on the land and 


January, 1938 | THE NAUTILUS 99 


fresh-water mollusca of the west are comparable to those of Mrs. 
Oldroyd on the marine shells of the Pacific Coast, and could they 
be published would at once become indispensable source-books for 
eonchologists. So much for the background of his researches, 
but he travelled widely in Colorado, California, Utah and the 
northwest, and accumulated the materials which enabled him to 
revise the molluscan faunas of these regions, his revisions includ- 
ing a great deal of critical and original work. Keen to examine 
every reference in the literature, he never lost his critical eye, 
and was often able to correct erroneous statements and misunder- 
standings. In the long history of the University of Colorado, 
there will never be a man who stands where Henderson stood, as— 
let us say—the Baird of Colorado. Others will do valiant work, 
but they will build on the foundations laid by Henderson, and 
those foundations will remain secure as long as the University 
stands. 

Junius Henderson leaves a widow, Bess Green Henderson, who 
was his companion in the field, and of whose devotion, during the 
long period of his illness, it is impossible to adequately write. 
Herself a trained zoologist, she understood his work, and took 
over, in large measure, his activities in the field of ornithology. 

[Professor Cockerell allows me to add a brief note of apprecia- 
tion of the work of our departed friend. Prior to Henderson’s 
publications, what was known of the molluscan fauna of the 
Rocky Mountain States was scattered through scores of books and 
periodicals. The records were of unequal value and greatly in 
need of revision. In ‘‘The Mollusca of Colorado,’’ ‘‘ Mollusca of 
Colorado, Utah, Montana and Wyoming,’’ ‘‘Non-marine Mollusca 
of Oregon and Washington,’’ practically all of the published data 
was collated and critically discussed, together with a great mass 
of new information from his own field work and that of his col- 
leagues, and from unpublished material in museums. Together 
with two papers on hunting mollusks in Utah and Idaho, pub- 
lished in collaboration with L. E. Daniels, these publications total 
over 500 pages. I make use of them very frequently in my own 
work. They make the knowledge of mollusks of these mountain 
and northwestern states accessible and reliable, and form a broad 
foundation for further work.—H. A. Pilsbry. ] 


100 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (3) 


EXTENDED RANGES OF SEVENTY-FIVE SPECIES 
OF NORTH PACIFIC SHELLS COLLECTED 
BY WALTER J. EYERDAM AND 
INGVARD NORBERG 


BY WALTER J. EYERDAM 


During 12 trips to Alaska and 2 trips to Kamchatka and the 
maritime province of East Siberia, I have made one of the largest 
and most extensive collections of shells from the North Pacific to 
be found outside of the U. 8. National Museum. Most of the 
shells I have taken myself but some notable additions were made 
by Inevard Norberg on Akutan, Chichagof and Hinchinbrook 
islands during Summers of 1931, 1932, 1934 and 1936. My own 
activities in collecting shells in these northern waters started in 
1917 at Port Armstrong, Baranof Island, while engaged as cooper 
for the U. S. Whaling Co. In subsequent years I went to Alaska 
and Siberia engaged in whaling, fishing, mining and in biological 
collecting for several American and European museums. 

In checking up all of the North Pacific shells in regards to 
known geographical ranges the following 75 species were found 
to have been taken beyond the limits as reported in Bulletin 112— 
‘‘Summary of the Marine Shellbearing Mollusks of the Northwest 
Coast of America, from San Diego, California, to the Polar Sea, 
mostly contained in the Collection of the United States National 
Museum,’’ by William H. Dall. 

Most of the shells in the following report were identified by 
Drs. Dall, Bartsch and Mrs. Oldroyd. The new species are not 
included. 

Yoldia ensifera Dall. Dredged July, 1922—Izhut Bay, Afog- 
nak J., Alaska. Former range—S. E. Alaska to San Luis Obispo, 
California. Extended range—about 700 miles westward. 

Cuspidaria pectinata Cpr. 10 fathoms—muddy bottom— 
Smith’s Cove, Puget Sound.—1921. Former range—Monterey, 
California to Panama. Extended range—about 1000 miles north- 
ward. 

Phacoides californicus Conrad. Sandy Beach—1906—AlIki 
Point, Seattle, Washington. Former range—Crescent City, Cali- 
fornia, to San Ignacio Lagoon, L. Calif. Extended range—about 
500 miles northward. 


ia 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 101 


Limatula subauriculata Montagu. 20 fathoms—sandy—1922 
—Izhut Bay, Afognak I., Alaska. Former range—Br. Columbia 
to San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif., also Atlantic. Extended range 
—about 700 miles. 

Parapholas californica Conrad. In rocks—low tide—1908— 
Newport, Oregon. Former range—Monterey to San Diego, Cali- 
fornia. Extended range—about 700 miles northward. 

Musculus discors Linn. Not previously reported from this 
coast ? 

Platyodon cancellatus Conrad. 1926—low tide—sand and 
egravel—Clallam Bay, Str. of Juan de Fuca, Wash. Known range 
—Baulinas Bay, Calif., to San Diego, Calif. Extended range— 
northward about 1500 miles. 

Kennerlia bilirata (Conrad). Dredged 15 fms. muddy bottom. 
Drier Bay, Prince William Sound, Alaska. October, 1924. 
Former range: Forrester Island, Alaska, south to Point Abreojos, 
Lower California. Extended range: about 700 miles. 

Cadulus hepburni (Dall). Dredged 20 fms., sandy bottom. 
Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska. July, 
1923. Former range: Victoria, B. C., to Monterey, Calif. Ex- 
tended range: about 1000 miles northward. 

Admete couthouyi var. gracilior (Cpr.). Dredged 10 fms., 
mud. Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska, Aug., 1922. Former 
range: San Diego, Calif. (Gabb, Pal. Cal. Vol. 2, p. 50). Identi- 
fied by Dall. Extended range: about 2600 miles. 

Admete californica (Dall). Dredged 15 fms., stony bottom. 
Elrington Island, Alaska, July, 1924. Former range: Tilla- 
mook, Oregon, to Lower Calif., in deep water. Extended range: 
about 1200 miles northward. 

Tritonalia lurida (Midd.). On stones on beach—Port Arm- 
strong, Baranof Island, Alaska, July, 1917. Former range: 
Forrester Island, Alaska, to Catalina Island, Calif. Extended 
range: about 200 miles northward. 

Melanella micans (Cpr.). Dredged 25 fms., sandy bottom, 
Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska, Sept., 
1923. Former range: Vancouver Island, B. C., to Todos Santos 
Bay, Lower Calif. Extended range: about 1000 miles northward. 

Odostomia (Amaura) kennerlyi (Dall and Bartsch). Dredged 


102 THE NAUTILUS [Vou. 51 (3) 


15 fms., mud. Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska, Aug., 1922. 
Former range: Nanaimo, B. C., to Monterey Bay, Calif. Ex- 
tended range: about 1200 miles northwestward. 

Odostomia (Amaura) sanjuanensis (Bartsch). Among stones 
on beach. Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound, 
Alaska, July, 1923. Former range: San Juan Islands in the 
Gulf of Georgia. Extended range: about 1200 miles northward. 

Odostomia (Amaura) talpa (Dall & Bartsch). Among stones 
on beach. Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William Sound, 
Alaska, July, 1923. Former range: Mole harbor and Sitka har- 
bor, Alaska. Extended range: about 600 miles northward. 

Odostomia (Evalea) stephansae (Dall & Bartsch). Among 
stones on beach. Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William 
Sound, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range: Bear Bay, Peril 
Strait, Alaska, to Barclay Sound, British Columbia. Extended 
range: about 500 miles northward. 

Odostomia (Evalea) willettc (Bartsch). Among seaweed on 
stony beach. Drier Bay, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range: 
Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. Extended range: over 600 miles 
northward. 

Odostomia (Evalea) skidegatensis (Bartsch). Among seaweed 
on sandy beach. Drier Bay, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range: 
Skidegate, Queen Charlotte Island, Alaska, to Trinidad, Calif. 
Extended range: About 800 miles. 

Odostomia (Evalea) quadrae (Bartsch). Among seaweeds, on 
stony beach, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, July, 1923. For- 
mer range: Barclay Sound, Vancouver Island. Extended range: 
About 900 miles. 

Odostomia (Evalea) unalaskensis (Bartsch). Under stones, 
Shuyak Strait, Alaska, Aug., 1924. Former range: Captain’s 
Harbor, Unalaska Island, Alaska. Extended range: About 600 
miles. 

Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsidella) oneitlensis (Bartsch). Under 
stones on the beach, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Prince William 
Sound, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range: Oneil Island, San 
Juan group, Washington. (Type locality.) Extended range: 
About 1200 miles northward. 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 103 


Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) charlottensis (Bartsch). Among 
stones on beach, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, July, 1923. 
Former range: Queen Charlotte Islands to Puget Sound. Ex- 
tended range: About 700 miles northward. 

Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsis) stejnegert (Bartsch). Under rocks 
at low tide mark, Puget Sound, Washington, July, 1920. Former 
range: Sitka, Alaska. Extended range: About 600 miles south- 
ward. 

Bittium (Semibittium) vancouverensis (D. & B.). Among 
stones on beach, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, Aug., 1923. 
Former range: Barclay Sound, Vancouver Island, B. C. Ex- 
tended range: About 1000 miles northward. 

Spiroglyphus lituellus (Moreh). Common on dead shells, 
Ishut Bay, Afognak Island, Aug., 1922. Former range: Forres- 
ter Island, Alaska, to San Diego, Calif. Extended range: About 
800 miles northwestward. 

Velutina cryptospira (Midd.). On rocks at low tide, July, 1925, 
Gulf of Kronotsky, Kamchatka. Former range: Gulf of Alaska. 
Extended range: About 2500 miles westward. 

Calliostoma costatum (Martyn). Under stones at low tide, 
July, 1922, Ishut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range: 
Sitka, Alaska, to San Diego, Calif. Extended range: About 700 
miles northwestward. 

Cidarina cidaris (A. Adams) 1864. Dredged 25 fms. muddy 
bottom, July, 1922, Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former 
range: Kasaiin Bay, Alaska, to Cape San Quentin, Lower Calif. 
Extended range: About 700 miles northwestward. 

Retusa semen (Reeve). On roots of eel grass, July, 1923, Coll. 
no. 694, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former range: Off 
Point Collinson, Arctic Ocean (also Atlantic Ocean). Extended 
range: About 700 miles southward. 

Retusa harpa (Dall). On roots of eel grass, Drier Bay, Knight 
Island, Alaska, July, 1923. Former range: Queen Charlotte 
Islands, B. C., to San Diego, Calif. Extended range: About 800 
miles northward. 

Cypraeolina pyriformis (Cpr.). On nullipores at low tide 
mark, July, 1923, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former 
range: Peril Strait, Alaska, to Mazatlan, Mexico. Extended 
range: About 400 miles northward. 


104 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (3) 


Haminoea olgae (Dall). On roots of eel grass, July, 1923, 
Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former range: Olga, San 
Juan Islands, Wash., to San Quentin Bay, Lower Calif. Ex- 
tended range: 700 miles northward. 

Lora morchi (Dall)—(Leche). Dredged 20 fms. stony bottom, 
July, 1923, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former range: 
Nova Zemblia, Arctic Ocean, to Bering Strait. Extended range: 
About 800 miles southward. 

Columbella tuberosa (Cpr.). Dredged 20 fms., July, 1924, 
Elrington Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska. Former range: 
Forrester Island, Alaska, to Gulf of California. Extended range: 
About 800 miles northward. 

Barleiea sanjuanensis (Bartsch). On stony algae at low tide, 
July, 1924, Elrington Island, Alaska. Former range: San Juan 
Islands, Puget Sound, Washington. Extended range: About 1100 
miles northward. 

Plictfusus kroyert (Moller). On sandy beach, July, 1925, near 
mouth of the Kamchatka River, Kamchatka. Range: Point 
Barrow, Alaska (Cireumboreal). Extended: to Kamchatka. 
(Vladivostok also in 1928.) Coll. by W. J. Eyerdam. 

Micranellum oregonensis (Bartsch). Dredged 20 fms. shelly 
bottom, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, July, 1923. Range: 
Forrester Island, Alaska, to Monterey, California. Extended 
range: About 700 miles northward. 

Fartulum occidentale (Bartsch). Dredged 20 fms. on roots of 
eel grass, Drier Bay, Knight Island, Alaska, July, 1923. Range: 
Gulf of Georgia to Lower California. Extended range: About 
1000 miles northward. 

(To be continued) 


NOTES 


XESTA AND TROCHONANINA.—Nevill, 1878, Hand List Moll. Ind. 
Mus. 1: 50, designated Nanina citrina (Linné) as the type of Xesta 
Albers ; his action is earlier than Kobelt’s (1880) choice of Nanina 
stuartiuae (Pfr.) [Cf. H.B.B., 19386, Naut. 50 (1): 30]. Xesta 
thus becomes a synonym of Naninia Sowerby, and Asperitas Gude 
may be used for the group of Hlaphroconcha inquinata (Busch). 
Nevill, 1878: 45, also designated Nanina mozambicensis (Pfr.) as 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 105 


the type of Trochonanina Mousson, which agrees with Kobelt’s 
later choice [Cf. H.B.B., 1936, Naut. 50 (2): 70]. Trochonanina 
is a genus of the African Trochozonitinae Iredale, 1914, Proce. 
Mal. Soe. London 11: 122.—H. Burrineton BAKER. 


AN Insect ‘‘XenopHoRA.’’—During the summer and fall of 
1937 I have found on four occasions a rare larval stage of an 
insect (7.0 mm. in length) carrying empty snail shells on its back. 
Dr. H. P. Loding, of Mobile, Alabama, informs me that it is the 
larval stage of a species of Chrysopa, Family Chrysopidae, Order 
Neuroptera, an aphis-lion, or lacewing fly. It would be necessary 
to rear this larva to the adult stage in order to determine its spe- 
cific position. It is evidently carnivorous, possessing hollow 
mandibles, adapted for sucking. When taken alive it appears 
to be a clump of small shells. What its relation with the snails 
it carries on its back is, one cannot accurately guess. However, 
its burden is an effective disguise. 

It lives in dry leaf mould in woods of the oak-hickory type, 
where snails are abundant. On a knob at Hayesville, North 
Carolina, one specimen was collected, carrying on its back about 
six specimens of Retinella indentata paucilirata, and R. carolinen- 
sis wetherbyr. The second specimen was found on the Robbins- 
ville Road in extreme northwestern Macon County, North Caro- 
lina, and carried five juveniles of the same two species. The 
third Chrysopa from Clay, Jefferson County, Alabama, carried no 
snails. The fourth specimen was taken near the Fort Payne Cave, 
Fort Payne, DeKalb County, Alabama. Attached to its dorsum 
by fine threads, apparently silk, was the following load: Two 
specimens of juvenile Polygyra rugeli, one Hawatia minuscula, 
two Euconulus sterki, one EL. chersinus, two Vertigo gouldii, a fly 
cranium, and a caterpillar cranium.—A. F. ARCHER. 


Notrs oN Some Lanp Mouuusks oF A PALMETTO PASTURE IN 
NorTH-CENTRAL ALABAMA.—The occurrence of the palmetto 
(Sabal mmor) in north-central Alabama has excited some inter- 
est, because it was formerly supposed to be limited to more favor- 
able climatic areas further to the south. At the suggestion of 
Dr. R. M. Harper of the Alabama Museum of Natural History, I 
investigated one of the palmetto localities near the McCalla post- 


106 THE NAUTILUS [ Von. 51 (3) 
office, Jefferson County, Alabama, in November, 1937. This local- 
ity is favorable for the palmetto, being low, open, and calcareous. 
The area is very open and pastured, with a scattering of red cedar, 
sealy-bark hickory, hackberry, willow oak (Quercus phellos) and 
elm (Ulmus alata). The palmetto is rather common, and the 
ground is covered in places with limestone outcrops. The mol- 


lusks found, with number of specimens of each, follow. 


Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) ......... 2 Polygyra pustuloides (Bland) ..... 15 
Deroceras laeve campestre (Say) 3 AMPlECEA (SAY) ccsccccceccersersces 26 
Euconulus chersinus (Say)... 2 thy Oidus (SAY) cree 8 
Mesomphia perlaevis (Pilsbry) .. 1  Strobilops floridana Pilsbry ........... 7 
Retinella indentata paucilirata Gastrocopta procera (Gould)........... il 
(MOT OL) Pre. titre ccectensecocienneentemeemmenee 7 contracta (Say)... 2 
Hawaiia minuscula (A. Binney)... 5 armifera (Say)... 14 
Zonitoides demissus (A. Binney)... 29 Pupoides marginatus (Say) ........... 46 
ATDOTEUS (SAY) cecsresssseeeee 20° Stccinea avara Say. nncntccccneee 

Polygyra auriformis (Bland) ........ + 


The numbers cited above would need re-checking by subsequent 
collections in order to be significant, but nevertheless the relative 
numerical importance of certain species is fairly evident. The 
species favoring cedar glades, prairies, and cleared country are 
the most abundant. Of these the species of Gastrocopta and also 
Pupoides marginatus are either true xerophiles or facultative 
xerophiles. The latter is rare or absent from either dry forests 
or cedar glades, but favors open country. It has less preference 
for caleareous soil than does G. armifera. Probably the most 
significant feature in this palmetto habitat is the presence of two 
species of the Floridian area. Strobilops floridana has been 
found before now in north-central Alabama, but its maximum of 
abundance is reached in the Gulf Coastal Region. It is more 
truly a xerophile than are the other species of the genus in Ala- 
bama. Polygyra auriformis has not been found hitherto north 
of the Selma Chalk prairies of central Alabama, and it too is at 
its maximum on the Gulf Coast. Both of these species are as 
peculiar to the warmer latitudes of the state. Their extension 
northward may have come about by way of the swamp forests of 
the southern type, or else were coincidental with the spread of the 
palmetto.—A. F. ARCHER. 


January, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 107 


ACRORBIS PETRICOLA is a new genus and species of Planorbidae 
from the state of Santa Catharina, Brazil, recently described by 
Dr. Nils Hj. Odhner.? It lives in damp moss on rocks over which 
water trickles. The shell resembles Parapholyx (Pompholyx Lea, 
Pompholycodea Lindh.) in the ultrasinistral coil, but is umbili- 
cate. However, we do not believe it to be related to that North 
American genus. Parapholyx has recently been shown to belong 
to the Helisomatinae. It has a large gland in the lower sac of the 
penis, a massive prostate gland, and other characteristics of that 
subfamily. “Acrorbis has the uniserial prostate of Tropicorbis; 
the penis and its long, slender verge are as in Tropicorbis and 
Drepanostoma. By having a blunt flagellum at apex of the penis 
it is like Drepanostoma, but it differs in the teeth. It appears, 
therefore, to be another genus of this South American series. We 
have elsewhere shown Tropicorbis to be directly related to African 
Planorbidae, not to North American.—H. A. P. 


A GerocRAPHIC Dicsst or ‘‘THE NAUTILUS.’’—VOoLUMEs 1-50, A 
Periop or Asout Firry YreArs.—The study of mollusks assumes 
a different aspect when approached from an ecologic viewpoint, 
especially the pulmonates. When followed from a geographic or 
faunistic angle two definite courses may be adopted by the student. 
First type localities may be established and visited; second un- 
worked districts may be searched to extend the known range of 
existing species and to discover new ones. 

In order to clarify the immense number of habitat records con- 
tained in the pages of ‘‘The Nautilus’’ and present them in a 
usable form the writer has compiled the more important data bear- 
ing upon the subject which is to be arranged collectively beneath 
the various states, provinces, islands and countries. Under each 
geographic title there are to be five further subdivisions covering 
in turn land mollusks, fresh water mollusks, marine mollusks, fos- 
sil mollusks and articles of a general nature. Within these groups 
each subject will be introduced in the form of the author’s name, 
the title of paper or condensed form of same, in some cases the 
name of a species, always the exact locality and frequently the 
type locality. The volume and page numbers of ‘‘The Nautilus’’ 
are to be included which will also embrace ‘‘The Conchologists 


1 Arkiv for Zoologi Bd. 298, No. 14. 


108 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (3) 


Exchange,’’ constituting the first two volumes. Unusual habitats, 
either new records for a given region or otherwise significant, are 
noted. Widely dispersed species which may readily be found in 
the older publications are not included. 

The frequent and highly valuable reviews of contemporary lit- 
erature, within the pages of ‘‘The Nautilus,’’ are to be referred 
to in the digest. With all of these aids grouped together the stu- 
dent may at a glance have access to practically all the literature 
which has appeared over a period of fifty years and covering a 
given area within a single state or country. Provided that the 
common genera are recognizable to the student it should be possi- 
ble, in many eases, to contact certain species locally without actu- 
ally referring to ‘‘The Nautilus’’ or other publications. Identi- 
fications may be checked at some future time. It is hoped that 
the digest will stimulate exploration of neglected areas and make 
a little easier the path of those taking the molluscan census. 

In the first part of the work all of North America is to be in- 
eluded together with Panama and the Territory of Hawaii. Al- 
though all records of the other continents have also been compiled, 
as they appear in ‘‘The Nautilus,’’ it appears best to defer their 
publication. It might be possible to supply data pertaining to 
South America or elsewhere to order. 

The undersigned invites correspondence and will welcome sug- 
gestions. The replies will largely determine the number of copies 
to be printed. It is hoped that the price may be kept well under 
five dollars. Please write at once and fully state your views.— 
MAXWELL SmiTH, Lantana, Florida. 


ANOTHER Copy or ‘‘ AMERICAN ConcHoLoey.’’—In connection 
with the article ‘‘Notes on ‘American Conchology’ by Thomas 
Say,’’ published by H. E. Wheeler (Naut., 51: 43-50, 1937) it 
may be of some value to record the presence of a copy in the Uni- 
versity of Colorado Museum library. This copy contains all 
seven parts, including the covers, but not the Glossary. The 68 
colored plates are assembled and follow the text, and the covers 
are bound in at the back. The work has been recently bound in 
a green cloth library binding and the edges have been trimmed. 
The condition is excellent except for a few age-stained pages and 
one which has been repaired. The copy was obtained from 
Gerhard in 1917 for $12.00—Hueo G. Ropreck, University of 
Colorado Museum. 


THE NAUTILUS 


Vol. 51 April, 1938 No. 4 


A NEW SPECIES OF OLIVA FROM SANTO DOMINGO, 
WITH NOTES ON OTHER MARINE FORMS 


BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH 


During the past summer (1937) a little over two months were 
spent along the northern coast of Santo Domingo. Though our 
interest was mainly devoted to a study of the land mollusks of 
this region, considerable time was spent at a limited number of 
marine stations. These places were located at Monte Cristi, 
Puerto Plata, Puerto Sosua and Santa Barbara de Samana. 

The northern coast of Santo Domingo is exposed to the easterly 
trades and to the somewhat frequent winter storms from the 
north. In addition, deep water prevails along this entire coast 
with a consequent lack of protection from strong wave action. A 
few little harbors exist, and these possess only small areas that 
are sheltered during any severe blow. As a consequence, the 
marine fauna is limited throughout most of this area. Protected 
places, however, in the lee of points of land, or little coves in the 
harbors yielded a large number of species. 

The region at Monte Cristi is thus favored by a small peninsula 
and a six-mile stretch of coast line that runs north and south, 
forming a fairly large bay, which is somewhat protected from the 
trade winds. Shallow water extends from the end of the penin- 
sula completely around the bay, broadening to about three miles 
near the center. The beach is astonishingly rich in drift material 
which would indicate exceedingly favorable offshore conditions. 

From ‘‘E] Morro’’ at Monte Cristi east to Old Cape Frances, 
the coast is mainly rocky and composed of the ‘‘diente de perro’”’ 
limestone, forming cliffs in some places 20 to 50 feet high. Small 
beaches are to be found at irregular intervals along this section 
of the coast with a fairly long stretch some 20 miles east of Puerto 
Sosua. Easterly, beyond Old Cape Frances, the coast is mainly 

( 109 ) 


110 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


sandy, giving way to rock again towards the tip of the Samana 
peninsula. We found the few outer beaches investigated along 
this northern coast to be exceedingly poor in material. The ricks 
of shells were thin, scattered, and composed generally of frag- 
ments of the rock-inhabiting species. 

The harbors at Puerto Plata and Puerto Sosua are small and 
have but limited protected areas; these proved, however, to be 
quite rich. The inner portions of both are margined by sandy 
beaches, the sides by weathered limestone. A small coral reef is 
located in the center of Puerto Sosua harbor, the bottom elsewhere 
being composed mainly of sand. The bottom of Puerto Plata 
harbor is mainly a bluish clay. At the time of our visit, a suction 
dredge which was operating, enabled us to obtain many more 
species from this locality. 

Santa Barbara de Samana is a small village located on the south 
side of the Samana peninsula and about five miles from the en- 
trance of Samana Bay. Conditions here for most forms of 
marine life are ideal. Three small keys protect the little harbor 
and offer in addition to the mainland a remarkable series of habi- 
tat stations. A small stream empties into the harbor on the 
western end of the village, and it has created a fairly extensive 
sand bar which proved to be exceedingly rich in bivalves. Both 
east and west of the settlement are several spurs from the main 
mountain ridge which composes the peninsula. These project 
into the bay, forming points between which are small bays with 
sandy or shingle beaches. 

Samana Bay proper is a deep reach of water, approximately 
25 miles long and about 9 miles wide. The inner or western end 
of the bay is brackish and muddy, due to the silt brought down 
by the Rio Yuna which empties into the bay at this point. The 
easterly trade winds in addition cause the plant debris to drift 
to this end of the bay, which is there impounded along with the 
silt to form the shore. This western shore is advancing rather 
rapidly, to judge by the conditions noted and the statements of 
many of the inhabitants. Gabb’s map indicates about a four- 
mile advance since 1873, and one resident told us of a saw-mill 
which formerly existed on the shore, receiving the saw logs at tide 
water, the foundations of which are now more than a mile inland. 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS bid 8 | 


We are deeply indebted to His Excellency Presidente Rafeal 
Leonidas Trujillo for every kindness and courtesy that could be 
extended to us. Without his aid much would have been left un- 
done. Through his officers, Colonel Charles McLaughlin and Mr. 
Harry Hurst, a host of favors were granted that enabled us to 
see and visit many localities otherwise inaccessible. Their friend- 
ship and their interest in our work became invaluable. To Mr. 
and Mrs. C. L. Bennett, the resident manager and his wife of the 
United Fruit Company Plantations at Puerto Sosua, we are more 
than grateful for a real home during our month’s residence at 
this place and for an unlimited number of kindnesses during our 
stay. 

Our visit at Santa Barbara de Samana was made far more pro- 
ductive through the kindness of Sefor Fortunato Beretta, who 
not only made arrangements for our several local trips but be- 
came a charming friend and companion during our all-too-short 
three weeks at this beautiful spot. 

Our party consisted of Mr. Henry D. Russell, Mr. Richard A. 
McLean and the writer. The trip was made possible by a grant 
from the Milton Fund of Harvard University and the generosity 
of several friends of the Museum. 

The following notes are based on certain of the material that 
seems worthy of immediate record. The marine collections as a 
whole are to be considered at a later date in a review of what is 
hoped to be a more or less complete study of the entire West 
Indian region. 

We take pleasure in naming the following Oliva after President 
Trujillo: 


OLIVA TRUJILLOI, new species. Plate 9, figs. 3-5. Descrip- 
tion.—Shell solid, rather heavy, polished, with the greatest width 
just above the mid region. Ground color somewhat grayish, to 
reddish-brown, overlaid with fine and numerous reddish brown 
checks, intensified above and below the mid area to indicate two 
somewhat obscure bands. The general appearance of the shell 
is a decided reddish brown, a few specimens only retaining a 
grayish cast. Whorls 7 to 74. Spire short, descending slightly 
to the sixth whorl, the last whorl being formed along the margin 
of the preceding whorl. Parietal wall thinly glazed with fairly 
strong basal plications. Mid-parietal plications fairly strong, 


112 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


short and developed to near the superior portion of the aperture. 
Aperture long and narrow, flaring slightly at the base. Palatal 
lip thick. Sculpture of only exceedingly fine growth lines. 
Suture deeply channeled. Interior of aperture a flat white. 


Length 40.2 Width16.3 Aperture 36.8x2.8mm. Holotype. 


40.4 16.9 35.5 x 3.0 Paratype. 
37.6 17.0 33.9 x 2.8 ne 
39.1 15.0 30.0 x 2.0 sy 


Holotype—Mus. Comp. Zool. no. 57240, Puerto Plata, Santo 
Domingo. Clench, Russell, McLean and Hurst, collectors, July, 
1937. Dredged at about 5 fathoms. Many paratypes from the 
same locality. Additional records from Ponce, Puerto Rico, and 
Bay of Santiago, Cuba. 

Remarks.—This species appears to be rather distinctive and 
rather remarkable because of its peculiar color, a color rarely 
equalled or approximated in this variable family. Morphologi- 
cally it appears to be nearest to O. sayana (O. litterata auct., non 
Lamarck) but differs in color, much smaller size, the deeply chan- 
neled suture and the reduced spire. 

The only species with which it can at all be confused is O. car- 
baeensis Dall, originally described from Mayaguez Harbor, Puerto 
Rico. It differs from this species in its reddish-brown coloration, 
the development of the last whorl, which in O. caribaeensis is 
descending, and in lacking the purplish coloration within the 
aperture which is described for this latter species. The propor- 
tions of the shell are slightly different, this new form being some- 
what slenderer. Two specimens of O. caribaeensis Dall (Bull. 
United States Fish Commission (1900), 1, p. 391, pl. 56, fig. 9, 
1901) were found occurring with O. trujilloi at Ponce, Puerto 
Rico, in the dredgings from the harbor obtained at approximately 
30 feet. 

O. caribaeensis appears to be more nearly allied to O. reticularis 
Lam. rather than to O. sayana as stated by Dall. O. reticularis 
was quite abundant at Puerto Plata in the dredgings, though it 
did not occur in our material collected at Ponce, Puerto Rico. At 
both stations it had a decided reddish east. 

PHALIUM ERINACEUM VIBEX Linné.—In a previous paper’ ref- 


11937. Proc. New England Zoological Club, 16, p. 60. 


ii 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 113 


erence was made to this species as one of the few definitely known 
to oceur in both the tropical Atlantic and the Indo-Pacific region. 
A single specimen of this rare form was found alive at Puerto 
Sosua among the loose rocks in a protected cove. 

SANGUINOLARIA SANGUINOLENTA Gmel.—This appears to be an 
exceedingly rare West Indian bivalve. We found it at Santa 
Barbara de Samana in a small protected cove one half mile west 
of the village on a sand bottom in from 1 to 2 feet of water. Live 
shells were rare; dead single valves, however, formed a conspicu- 
ous element in the drift at high water line. 

LITORINA MINIMA (Wood).—(Turbo minima Wood 1828, Index 
Test. Suppl. pl. 6, fig. 9). New records—Puerto Sosua; El 
Canal, Cabo Macoris, 6 miles N. E. of Puerto Sosua; Punta Chiva, 
7 mi. EK. of Santa Barbara de Samana. This supposedly rare 
West Indian species turned up in considerable numbers from 
Puerto Sosua east to Cape Samana. It frequents the ‘‘splash 
pools’’ that are found in the coastal limestone from high tide line 
to 6 or 7 feet above. 

L. minima is closely allied to L. mespillum (v. Muhlf.), this 
latter species being a deep reddish brown to a blackish brown, 
minima differing in possessing a peculiar spotting with black dots 
over the entire surface of the shell. The description of minima 
indicates only a grayish white ground color with black dots. In 
our present series, however, the shells are nearly all yellowish- 
brown, a limited number of the grayish shells were found only 
at Puerto Sosua. L. mespillum, though far more widespread, 
would appear to be a variety of L. minima. 

Dall and Simpson do not list this species in their ‘‘ Mollusca 
of Porto Rico’’ but inasmuch as they list ‘‘San Juan (Gund- 
lach) ’’ as the only locality for Litorina mespillum, a very widely 
distributed species in the West Indies, occurring only in the 
splash pool habitat, it is quite possible that it was overlooked. 
Dr. Aguayo reports only eight known specimens of L. minima 
from Cuba, though it is to be understood that little or nothing is 
known relative to the marine mollusks of the extreme eastern end 
of the island. 

Intorina minima did not occur in the northern Bahamas where 
these splash pools were investigated nor did we encounter it at 


114 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


Cienfuegos and the Guantanamo Naval Base, both on the south 
coast of Cuba, where the same habitats were carefully searched. 

TEREBRA FLAMMEA Lamarck, Plate 9, figs. 1, 2. (Terebra 
flammea Lamarck 1822, An. s. Vert. 7, p. 284). This species was 
probably our most noted ‘‘find’’ in Santo Domingo. To judge 
entirely by the few specimens in our American museums, it is a 
very rare form, and has heretofore been reported only from the 
western Pacific. Our present new series establishes this as the 
first West Indian record. Some twenty specimens were found, 
both by ourselves and Mr. Harry Hurst, in the dredgings from 
Puerto Plata Harbor at depths of approximately 30 feet. 

We possessed but a single specimen with the data as ‘‘China”’ 
(M. C. Z. no. 74746) and Dr. Pilsbry kindly loaned us the only 
two specimens possessed by him, which were also localized as 
China and originally received from H. Cuming through Dr. T. B. 
Wilson (A.N.S.P. no. 33,512). A careful comparison between 
the three western Pacific specimens and our present Santo Do- 
mingo series fails to disclose any differentiating characters, other 
than a little more diffusion of the brownish-orange spots on the 
Pacific forms (plate 9, fig. 1). 

All of our present series were collected dead, though most of 
them are in perfect shape and possess strong color markings. 


Spire portion lost 


Known part (calculated) Locality 
Length Whorls Length  Whorls 
46 mm. a) 2.5 mm. 4 Puerto Plata 
121 22 ac 9 Rn + 
120 16 16 15 China (A.N.S.P.) 
125 22 6 8 at iy 


Many other species that we collected are still too imperfectly 
known relative to their distribution to be considered in these 
notes, though mention might be made of Trigoniocardia cera- 
midum Dall which we found quite abundant at Puerto Plata, and 
Monte Cristi, Santo Domingo, as well as Ponce, Puerto Rico. We 
failed to find it in the northern Bahamas, a region very rich in 
the Cardiidae. 


4) 


THE NAUTILUS: 51 (4) PLATE, 9 


Fie. 1, Terebra flammea Lam., China, A.N.S.P. 2, T. flammea, Puerto Plata, 
M. C.Z. 3, 4, Oliva trujilloi Clench, Puerto Plata, paratypes. 5, same, holotype. 
6, Solaropsis gibboni fairchildi Beq. & Cl., holotype. 7, same, paratype. 9, Poly- 
gyra jonesiana Archer. Figs. 1-7 natural size, fig. 9 x 3. 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 115 


A NEW SUBSPECIES OF SOLAROPSIS GIBBONI 
FROM BRASIL 


BY JOSEPH BEQUAERT AND W. J. CLENCH 


SOLAROPSIS GIBBONI FAIRCHILDI new subspecies. Plate 9, figs. 6-7. 

Description.—Shell solid, somewhat depressed with only a slight 
indication of a peripheral keel. Whorls 5, nearly rounded and 
strongly convex. Color somewhat darker than the typical form 
with the pattern arrangement similar. 


Gt.diam.43 Less.diam.36.6 height23mm. Holotype. 


45.5 38.7 25.5 Paratype. 
43 35.6 23.5 a 
4] 34.5 22.5 “ 


Holotype—Mus. Comp. Zoodl. no. 57240. Anapolis, Goyas, 
Brasil. G. B. Fairchild collector, July, 1936. Three adult and 
one immature paratype from the same locality. 

Remarks—tThis subspecies differs from the typical form by 
being much smaller and proportionally less depressed. <A speci- 
men from Bogota, Colombia, of S. gibboni measures 61 mm. in 
greater diameter with a height of 27.6 mm. The peripheral keel 
of S. gibboni is generally quite sharp and prominent, while in 
our new form it is nearly obsolete. All other characters appear 
to be similar to those of the typical form. 


ON THE HISTORY AND STATUS OF LORA GISTEL 


A recent inquiry from the West Coast caused us to examine the 
credentials of the genus Lora, which has been introduced into 
our catalogues as generic name for the boreal Turridae formerly 
known as Bela. The data are as follows. In all cases they are 
taken from the original sources. 

Johannes Gistel, 1848, in his Naturgeschichte des Thierreichs 
fiir hoéhere Schulen, proposed many generic names as substitutes 
for names he did not like, giving a list of them in the Bevorwort- 
ung of his volume, pp. viii—xi. This entry is found on p. ix: 

‘‘Defrancia (Millet, Gastrop. D. viridula O. Fabr.): Lora 
Gistel.’’ 

Thus, Gistel obviously proposed Lora as a substitute for De- 
francia, and cited ‘‘D. viridula O. Fabr.’’ simply as an example, 


116 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


but without designation of type. It was not in Millet’s original 
list of Defranciae. In such cases, the first type subsequently 
designated for either of the names becomes automatically the 
type of both (International Rules, Art. 30, II, f). 

The first type designation for either is that of Dall (1908, Bull. 
M. C. Z. 43 : 260), who chose for Defrancia, D. pagoda Millet. As 
Defrancia is a homonym, the genus will stand as Plewrotomoides 
Bronn, 1831, of which Defrancia Millet and Lora Gistel are 
synonyms. 

Later type designations for Lora itself involve Tritonium viri- 
dulum O. Fabricius, 1780, which was described in Fauna Groen- 
landica, p. 402, from Greenland. While there are no figures in 
this work, the description is good, for the time, and the species, as 
Admete viridula (O. Fabr.), is everywhere accepted. However, 
H. P. C. Moller, 1842, mistakenly identified 7. viridulum with a 
somewhat similar ‘‘ Bela,’’ and redescribed Fabricius’ species as 
Admete crispa (Index Molluscorum Groenlandiae, p. 15). The 
(new) genus Admete he ascribed to Kroyer. Admete viridula 
(O. Fabr.) has a wide distribution in northern seas. A closely 
related form, perhaps not specifically separable, A. couthouyi Jay, 
occurs off New England from a few fathoms depth down to over 
800 fms. It is extremely variable. The most fully developed 
forms of Admete show one or two weak columellar folds, which 
caused it to be referred to the Cancellaridae; other specimens 
show none, the columella smooth and conspicuously but obliquely 
truncate. 

In the above-mentioned paper of 1842, p. 14, Moller described 
Defrancia viridula, which he identified with Tritoniwm viridulum 
O. Fabr. He did not regard it as a new species, but merely as a 
transfer of Fabricius’ species to another genus. The true iden- 
tity of Moéller’s shell seems to have remained unknown until 
G. O. Sars (1878, Mollusca Regionis Arcticae Norvegiae, p. 235) 
found it to be identical with Bela kobelti Verkriizen,’ from Vadso, 


1The specific name cannot stand as Bela viridula Moller, however, as he 
was not proposing a new name for it, but considered it to be Fabricius’ 
species. It will stand as Bela kobelti Verkriizen; or, since Bela is no longer 
tenable for this boreal group, it will probably be called Oenopota kobelti 
(Verkr.). See International Rules, Art. 31. 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 117 


Norway, by a comparison of Norwegian specimens with Moller’s 
material in Copenhagen. 

Dall perpetuated Moller’s confusion by his statement under 
Lora (1918, Proc. U. S. N. Mus. 54: 328): ‘‘sole example Tri- 
tonium viridulum Fabricius, which is a Bela, probably B. exarata 
Moller, according to the type specimen.’’ This is about as mis- 
leading as it could be, since Tritonium viridulum Fabr. is not a 
Bela but an Admete. His ‘‘probably B. exarata’’ can be ignored, 
since we have so good an authority on northern mollusks as Sars, 
who positively states that Moller’s viridula is Bela kobelti, a spe- 
cies allied to exarata but quite distinct. 

Grant and Gale (1931, Mem. San Diego Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 
512), relying upon Dall, say: ‘‘Type (by subsequent designa- 
tion, Dall 1918), Tritonium viridulum O. Fabricius 1780, + Bela 
exarata Moller according to the type specimen (fide Dall), not 
Defrancia viridula Moller, 1842.’’ This includes ‘‘ Bela’’ in one 
clause and excludes it in the next. 

The only type designations for Zora exclusively appear there- 
- fore to be hopelessly muddled, since they include two species of 
two genera. Dall’s statement would make Lora a synonym of 
Admete, since we cannot accept his conclusion that Tritonium 
viridulum ‘‘is a Bela, probably B. exarata Moller.’’ This error 
invalidates his statement under Bela in Proc. U. 8S. N. M. 54: 318. 

Of course Gistel did not know that more than one genus was 
involved. He thought that he was citing Fabricius’ species, as 
he does not mention Moller.” 

The synonymy of PLEUROTOMOIDES will stand as follows. 

Defrancia Millet, 1827, Mém. Soe. Linn., Paris 5: 437. Pro- 
posed for five species, including D. pagoda Millet, which was 
designated the type by Dall, 1908, Bull. M. C. Z. 48: 260. Not 
Defrancia Bronn, 1825, Syst. Urwelt. Pflanzenth. pp. 13, 42 
(Polyzoa). 

Pleurotomoides Bronn, 1831, Ital. Tert.-Gebilde p. 47. Sub- 
stitute for Defrancia Millet not Bronn, and taking the same type, 
D. pagoda. 


2 Probably Moller was the source of Gistel’s information, but this is only 
inference. 


118 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


Lora Gistel, 1848 (see above). Substitute for Defrancia Millet, 
and taking the same type, D. pagoda. 

The boreal ‘‘Belas’’ for which Lora has been used, will be 
known as Oenopota Morch, type Fusus pleurotomarius Couthouy. 

H. A. Pruspry 

Dr. H. B. Baker, Dr. Paul Bartsch, Dr. S. S. Berry and Dr. 
Wm. J. Clench, members of the A. M. U. Committee on Nomen- 
clature, agree with the above conclusions. 


PECTEN PUGETENSIS AT NEWPORT BAY, 
CALIFORNIA 


BY WENDELL O. GREGG 


The entrance of Newport Bay, California, is guarded on the 
east by a rocky point and on the west by an artificial breakwater. 
This entrance is rather narrow in comparison with the size of 
the bay and consequently the current here is very swift on chang- 
ing tides. The incoming tides bring in many deep-water forms 
which have been found along this rocky point and on sand bars 
within the entrance of the bay. 

In March, 1926, while collecting along the rocks on the east 
side of the entrance of this bay at very low tide, a single specimen 
of Pecten pugetensis Oldroyd was found. It was attached to a 
rock by a byssus as noted by Oldroyd? in the specimens taken at 
Puget Sound at low tide. The specimen was moderately spinose 
over the left valve and delicately so over the distal four milli- 
meters of the right valve, the spines occurring over a much wider 
area over the posterior third of right valve. The measurements 
were: height, 29.3 mm.; length 25.0 mm.; convexity, 10.7 mm. ; 
hinge line, 16.3 mm. 

Oldroyd? originally described this pecten as a subspecies of 
P. islandicus Miiller, making brief comparisons with islandicus. 
The latter does not now occur on the Pacific Coast of North 
America south of Bering Sea, but is said to have occurred on 
the Pacific Coast as far south as Deadman Island, San Pedro, 


1 Publications, Puget Sound Biological Station, vol. 4, p. 18. 
2 NAUTILUS, vol. 33, p. 136. 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 119 


during the Pleistocene.* Grant and Gale* placed pugetensis as 
a subspecies of hastatus. It certainly has a superficial resem- 
blance to hastatus, but the ribs differ in shape with wider inter- 
spaces which are covered by a minute reticulate sculpturing. 
This sculpturing is characteristic of islandicus and its allies and 
does not occur in hastatus. Unfortunately this minute sculptur- 
ing is not mentioned in Oldroyd’s description. This Pecten forms 
a link in the intergrading series between islandicus and hastatus 
but for the present at least I do not prefer to consider it as a 
subspecies of either. 

I have examined specimens of pugetensis in the George Willett 
collection which were taken by Mr. Willett at Craig and at 
Ketchikan, Alaska. This would give it a known range extending 
from Craig, Prince of Wales Island, Alaska, to Newport Bay, 
Orange County, California. I have fossil specimens, presumably 
Pliocene, which were taken at Deadman Island, San Pedro, Calif. 


A GIANT RACE OF HELMINTHOGLYPTA FROM 
TULARE CO., CALIFORNIA 


BY CLIFFORD C. CHURCH AND ALLYN G. SMITH 


HELMINTHOGLYPTA TUDICULATA REX, new subspecies. Plate 8, figs. 
10-12. 


Diagnosis: Shell helicoid, very large for the species, moderately 
thick; spire low, with an angle of 125°; whorls 6, the last well- 
rounded and rapidly expanding to form a sub-circular aperture 
of unusually large proportions; lip simple, not thickened, moder- 
ately reflected except at the base where the reflection is sufficient 
to conceal about one-half of the umbilicus, connected between ter- 
minations by a thin wash of callus; umbilicus rather small, being 
contained about 14 times in the major diameter of the shell. 
Nuclear whorls 2, finely granular under a lens of medium power 
except for the nucleus itself, which is glassy at the tip followed 
by a short wrinkled zone, the remainder of the nuclear whorls be- 
ing relatively smooth. Sculpture of the early post-nuclear whorls 
consists of low but well-developed, closely spaced, growth ridges of 
unequal strength. Weak malleations begin to show on the second 


3 Catalogue of the Marine Pliocene and Pleistocene Molluses of California, 
p. 162. 
4 Ibid., p. 168. 


120 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


whorl from the last, becoming rapidly stronger until on the last 
whorl they are so exceedingly large and coarse that they dominate 
the entire appearance of the shell. They cover the last whorl 
except in the umbilical region and for a short distance behind the 
lip, where they become obsolete. Color much as in tudiculata ss. 
but darker and with a more greenish east, especially on the body 
whorl; the raised edges of the malleations are considerably lighter 
in color than the pits, thus making them stand out more sharply. 
The dark brown revolving band is nearly 2 mm. wide and is set off 
by two light-colored zones, each having almost the same width. 
The above is a description of the holotype, a fully mature speci- 
men that measures: max. diam., 39.1 mm.; min. diam., 30.8 mm.; 
alt., 27.2 mm. 


Holotype: Cat. No. 7189, Calif. Acad. Sei. Type Coll. (Collected 
by C. C. Church). 

Type Locality: Under granite boulders along the tree-shaded 
initial terrace above the bed of the Middle Fork of the Tule River, 
about 2 mi. above and East of Springville, at the boundary of 
the Sierra National Forest, Tulare Co., California. Paratypes: 
Specimens so designated have been placed in the collections of the 
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, the San Diego So- 
ciety of Natural History, the Los Angeles Museum, and the private 
collections of E. P. Chace, S. 8. Berry, and A. G. Smith. Two are 
in the California Academy of Sciences Type Collection, Nos. 7190 
and 7191. 

Material Studied: The type lot, consisting of 17 adult and 6 
immature or broken shells (C. A. S. No. 28121) collected in July 
and October, 1933, by C. C. Church and G. D. Hanna. Also a 
second lot (C. A. S. No. 28181), consisting of 4 living adults and 
many immature specimens, which was collected 8 mi. East of 
Porterville, Tulare Co., Calif., on March 31, 1935, by the same 
collectors. 

Remarks: The most striking characters of this subspecies are its 
uniformly great size, the extremely heavy malleations on the 
body whorl, and the light color of the edges of the malleations in 
comparison with the much darker color of the pits. While it is 
not believed that mere size should be the sole criterion in naming 
a new species or subspecies, it is believed that this shell exhibits a 
sufficient number of other different characters to warrant giving 


eye 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 121 


it a name. As to size, we have seen occasional specimens of 
Helminthoglypta arrosa (Gld.), Monadema fidelis (Gray), and 
M. infumata (Gld.) that are as large as a good-sized specimen of 
H. tudiculata rex, but we believe we are safe in the assertion that 
this represents the largest known California land snail. 

It is most nearly related to H. tudiculata kernensis Berry? but 
in addition to larger average size it has a heavier shell, is more 
conspicuously and coarsely malleated, is darker and generally 
more greenish in color, and lacks the wide open umbilicus of 
kernensis. Some smaller adult specimens of rex approximate 
kernensis in size, however, so it is possible that with additional col- 
lecting in intervening territory an intergrading series linking the 
two subspecies may be found. 

The range in size of H. tudiculata rex from the type locality is 
shown by measurements in the following table: 


Max. Min. No. 

Diam. Diam. Alt. Whorls 
Largest shell ................. 426mm. 33.22mm. 28.6mm. 6 
Smallest shell ............... atcha 20 Buliva 25-044" 5-7/8 


Average of 17 adults 38.4 ‘‘ 30,2),.°% Oakes 6 


Note: Of the 17 adults measured 5 had a maximum diameter of 
40 mm. or more, and 9 were larger than 38 mm. 

Land snails of the tudiculata group seem to be fairly abundant 
in the Tulare Co. foothill region of California. Judging from 
the evidence they seem to vary considerably with the locality. Dr. 
H. A. Pilsbry informs us that the Philadelphia Academy has shells 
referable to rex from Visalia, Cramer, and the Tule Indian Reser- 
vation, and some smaller shells (30-31.5 mm.) from Porterville. 
In the University of California is a lot of 5 shells (Univ. Calif. No. 
2503) labeled ‘‘Tulare Co., Calif., D. O. Mills (collection) ’’ rang- 
ing from 34.8 to 37.8 mm. but which do not exhibit the coarse 
malleation so characteristic of rex. We have examined two lots 
of shells smaller than rez but larger than kernensis found by one of 
us (Church) beside the small canal 3 miles East of Porterville 
on the Tule River and also among weeds and willow and cotton- 


1Berry, 8S. 8. Navutinus, Vol. 43, p. 40 (October, 1929); also Vol. 43, 
p-. 138 correcting a mis-spelling of the subspecific name from ‘‘kermensis’’ 
to ‘‘kernensis.’’ 


122 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


wood leaves near the dry bed of Deer Creek where it enters the 
valley. Shells collected near Porterville by Hemphill (C. A. S. 
Nos. 8802-8805, inel.) are identical with those from Deer Creek. 
Young shells of what appears to be this smaller race (A. G. S. No. 
5495) were collected at Bartlett Park on the South Fork of the 
Tule River, 12 miles East of Porterville. 

At the type locality of rex two specimens (C. A. 8. No. 28121—A) 
of a much smaller, thin-walled race of tudiculata referable to 
tularensis (Hemp.) were found with the large shells. Examples 
of this were collected also at three other places farther down in 
the foothills: in the granite hills back of Porterville, north of 
the main road up the Tule River; one-half mile north of Lindsay 
in the low hills capped by a jaspery rock from which erysoprase 
has been mined; and at Bartlett Park (A. G. S. No. 4604). 

H. tudiculata tularensis (Hemphill) is readily distinguishable 
from rex and kernensis in spite of the overlapping of range with 
the former subspecies and its variants. However, it is a snail of 
the higher foothills at medium altitudes, where it reaches its 
maximum development. 

The authors are indebted to Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry and to Dr. 
G. Dallas Hanna for assistance and advice on this brief study of 
an interesting problem of variation. 

Berkeley, California, September 17, 1937. 


EXTENDED RANGES OF NORTH PACIFIC SHELLS 


BY WALTER J. EYERDAM 
(Continued from page 104) 


Lora nazanensis (Dall). Dredged 10 fathoms, shelly bottom, 
Elrington Island, Prince William Sound, Alaska. Former range: 
Norton Sound, Alaska, to Aleutian Islands. Extended range: 
About 700 miles eastward. 

Lora becki (Moller). Twenty fathoms (not common), stony 
bottom, Drier Bay, Prince William Sound, Alaska. Former 
range: Bernard Harbor, Arctic Coast and southward. Extended 
range: About 600 miles southward. 

Alvania alaskana (Dall). On stony algae, low tide, 5 speci- 
mens. Shuyak Strait, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range: 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 123 


Nunivak Island, Bering Sea. Extended range: About 200 miles 
southward. 

Alvania carpentert (Weinkauff) (syn.=Alvama reticulata 
(Cpr.)). Onstony algae, low tide mark, Elrington Island, Prince 
William Sound, Alaska. Former range: Forrester Island, Alaska, 
to Neah Bay, Wash. Extended range: About 700 miles north- 
ward. 

Cingula (Nodulus) kyskensis (Bartsch). Shuyak Strait, 
Afognak, Alaska, under stones, between tides, rare, Shuyak Strait, 
Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range: Kyska and Atka Islands, 
Alaska. Extended range: About 1400 miles eastward. 

Cingula (Nodulus) cerinellus (Dall). Under stones, between 
tides, rare, Shuyak Strait, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former 
range: Kyska and Amchitka Islands, Alaska. Extended range: 
About 1440 miles eastward. 

Beringius crebricostatus (Dall). Low tide to 100 feet depth, 
rather common in some localities, Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, 
Alaska. Former range: Plover Bay, Aleutians, eastward to 
Shumagins. Extended range: About 300 miles eastward. 

Diadora aspera (Esch.). On rocks at low tide, not common, 
Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range: Cooks Inlet, 
Alaska, to Magdalena Bay, Lower Calif. Extended range: About 
100 miles westward. 

Euspira monterona (Dall). Dredged 10 fathoms, Brier Bay, 
Knight Island, Alaska. Former range: Arctic Ocean to Aleutian 
Islands. Extended range: About 600 miles eastward. 

Mopalia ciliata (Sowb.). Under rocks, Izhut Bay, Afognak 
Island, Alaska. Former range: Vancouver Island, B. C., to Lower 
Calif. Extended range: About 900 miles northwestward. 

Mopalia sinuata (Cpr.). Dredged 25 fathoms, on stones, Drier 
Bay, Knight Island, Alaska. Former range: Forrester Island, 
Alaska, to San Francisco, Calif. Extended range: About 700 
miles northward. 

Buccinum angulosum (Gray). Washed on sandy beach, 1 
specimen, Izhut Bay, Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range: 
Bernard Harbor, Arctic Coast, west to Point Barrow and south 
as far as Bering Strait. Extended range: About 700 miles south- 
ward and eastward. 


124 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


Acmaea limatula (Cpr.). Between tides, on rocks, common, 
Newport, Oregon. Former range: Crescent City, Calif., to Cerros 
Island and Socorro Island. Extended range: About 400 miles 
northward. 

Acmaea scutum cribraria (Cpr.). Venice, Calif. Former 
range: Neah Bay, Wash., to Santa Barbara, Calif. Extended 
range : Southward. 

Acmaea digitalis umbonata (Reeve). San Pedro, Calif., on the 
breakwater. Former range: Saginaw Bay, Alaska. Extended 
range: About 2300 miles southward. 

Acmaea peramabilis (Dall). Drier Bay, Alaska, Sand Point, 
Shumagin Islands, Alaska, on granite rocks and stones, very 
sparingly distributed. Former range: Shumagin Islands, Alaska, 
on granite rocks only. Extended range: About 600 miles east- 
ward. 

Phytia setifer (Cpr.). San Pedro Bay, Calif. Former range: 
Humbolt Bay to San Francisco Bay, Calif. Extended range: Sev- 
eral hundred miles southward. 

Crepidula onyx Sowerby. Dredged, Sitkalidak Island, also 
Prince William Sound. Former range: Monterey, Calif., to 
Panama. Extended range: About 2500 miles northward. 

Thais emarginata projecta Dall. On cobble stones at low tide, 
Zenith, Wash. Former range: Sitka, Alaska. Extended range: 
About 700 miles southward. 

Thais lamellosa hormica Dall. On reefs at low tide, Port 
Orchard, Kitsap County, Wash. Former range: Inner Harbor 
of Sitka. Extended range: About 700 miles southward. 

Buccinum castaneum triplostephanum Dall. Dredged, Sitka- 
lidak Island, Alaska. Former range: Kyska and Amchitka 
Islands, Aleutians. Extended range: About 1000 miles eastward. 

Cerithiopsis frazeri Bartsch. Feeding on sponges. Three 
Saints’ Bay, Kodiak Island, Alaska. 

Turbonilla taylort Dall and Bartsch. Dredged 15 fathoms, 
shelly bottom, Sawmill Bay, Prince William Sound, Alaska. 
Former range: Port Simpson to Vancouver Island, B. C. Ex- 
tended range: About 900 miles northward. 

Panomya norvegica turgida Dall. One specimen, sandy beach, 
Sitkalidak Island, Alaska. Former range: Unalaska to the 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 125 


Shumagin Islands. Extended range: About 200 miles northeast- 
ward. 

Pecten jordam Arnold. One specimen, dredged, Izhut Bay, 
Afognak Island, Alaska. Former range: Puget Sound and Strait 
of Georgia. Extended range: About 1200 miles northwestward. 

Pecten islandicus pugetensis Oldroyd. Ten fathoms, shelly 
bottom, Hinchinbrook Island, Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former 
range: San Juan Island. Extended range: About 1000 miles 
northward. 

Astarte arctica Gray. Fifteen fathoms, muddy bottom, Hin- 
chinbrook Island, Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former range: Cir- 
cumboreal, Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands. Extended range: 
About 600 miles eastward. 

Macoma yoldiformis Cpr. Dredged, muddy bottom, Hinchin- 
brook Island, Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former range: Fuca Strait 
to San Diego, Calif. Extended range: About 1000 miles north- 
ward. 

Macoma quadrans Dall. Dredged, Hinchinbrook Island, 
Alaska (coll. I. Norberg). Former range: Boca de Quadra 
Island, Alaska, south to the Coronado Islands, Calif. Extended 
range: About 500 miles northward. 

Macoma inquinata arnheimi Dall. Sandy beach, Unalaska 
Island, Aleutians. Former range: Kodiak Island, Alaska, and 
south to San Francisco; also Pleistocene of San Pedro, Calif. 
Extended range: Westward about 500 miles. 

Colus (Aulacofusus) georgianus Dall. Dredged, fifteen fath- 
oms, Chichagof Island (coll. I. Norberg). Former range: Strait 
of Georgia, B. C. Extended range: Northward about 800 miles. 

Chrysodomus vinosus Dall. Dredged, Gulf of Peter the Great 
near Vladivostok, Siberia. Former range: Western Bering Sea 
and Avacha Bay, sixteen fathoms. Extended range: Southward 
about 1200 miles. 

Inomesus ooides (Midd.). In beach drift, False Pass, Unimak 
Island. Former range: Okhotsk Sea, also Pleistocene of Yesso 
(Hokkaido), Japan. Extended range: About 1500 miles west- 
ward. 

Buccinum angulosum transliratum Dall. In beach drift, Sitka- 
lidak Island, Alaska. Former range: Point Barrow and south- 


126 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


ward to Bristol Bay. Extended range: Southward about 400 
miles. 

Turbonilla eyerdami Bartsch. Dredged, Hinchinbrook Island, 
Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former range: Drier Bay, Knight 
Island, Prince William Sound (Type locality). 

Retusa pertenuis Mighels. On eelgrass roots, Hinchinbrook 
Island, Alaska (coll. Norberg). Former range: Arctic Ocean, 
Bering Sea (Krause), also Atlantic Ocean. Extended range: 
About 1000 miles southward. 


NEW LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA FROM 
THE UPPER PLIOCENE OF KANSAS AND A 
NEW SPECIES OF GYRAULUS FROM 
EARLY PLEISTOCENE STRATA 


BY FRANK C. BAKER 


Pliocene Mollusca from freshwater deposits in the middle west 
are apparently rare. Henderson (Fossil Non-marine Mollusca 
of North America) does not list a single locality from this region 
and none has come under the writer’s observation. It is with 
great satisfaction, therefore, that it is now possible to describe 
a rather large fauna of both land and freshwater species from 
Meade County, Kansas. The entire fauna will be treated in 
detail in a later paper. The deposit occurs 90 feet beneath the 
surface in a clay bed with lenses of sand, the fauna being in the 
clay. The deposit contained a large vertebrate fauna which will 
be described in due course of time. The material was collected 
by Mr. Claude W. Hibbard, Assistant Curator of Vertebrate 
Paleontology in the Dyche Museum of Natural History of the 
University of Kansas. Four apparently new species were ob- 
served which are diagnosed in this paper. My thanks are due 
Mr. Hibbard for the opportunity of studying this fauna. 

VERTIGO HIBBARDI n. sp.—The shell has 5 whorls and is very 
ventricose over the body whorl. The sutures are impressed, the 
apex is obtuse and bluntly rounded. There is a conspicuous crest 
behind the outer lip, behind which are two pits showing the posi- 


tion of the palatal laminae. The body whorl is flattened laterally 
and the base of the shell is trumpet-shaped when viewed from 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 127 


below. Base subumbilicate. Aperture more than half the 
length of the last whorl, the lips expanding outward. Outer lip 
biarcuate. Lamellae and plications 7 in number. The angular 
and parietal lamellae are long and extend some distance within 
the aperture, the angular emerging further than the parietal, the 
parietal curving spirally inward toward the left. Columellar 
lamella large and conspicuous, curving backward toward the base 
of the shell. The lower palatal fold is stout, nearly straight and 
somewhat flattened on top. The upper palatal is stout, high and 
lamellar and curves downward toward the lower palatal. Both 
palatal folds rest in front on a rounded callus and they terminate 
abruptly at an equal distance within the aperture and both in- 
crease in height as they extend backward. There is a strong, 
curved basal fold and a strong tubercular suprapalatal fold. 
Length 1.9; diameter 1.22 mm. Holotype. 
* 2. dt ie 1.3 mm. Paratype. 
oe 2.0 a: 1.3 mm. Paratype. 


Holotype and paratypes, Museum of Natural History, Univer- 
sity of Illinois, No. P6773. Paratypes, Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, No. 169883. 

Vertigo hibbardi belongs to the group Angustula, apparently, 
as evidenced by the development of the palatal folds. It is much 
larger than Vertigo milium (Gould) and is very different in shape 
and size. It is totally unlike any described American species. It 
is named in honor of Mr. Claude W. Hibbard who collected the 
material. 


STROBILOPS SPARSICOSTATA n. sp.—Shell broadly conic with 
somewhat elevated, dome-shaped spire. Whorls 54, the first 14 
smooth, the balance sculptured with distinct ribs, widely spaced, 
with frequently a faint riblet between. The umbilicus is con- 
tained about seven times in the diameter of the shell. Last whorl 
decidedly angular, the base of the shell smooth or with occasional 
faint riblets extending over it from the dorsal surface. Aperture 
with expanded, thickened peristome and a heavy palatal callus. 
There is a very heavy parietal lamella emerging to the edge of 
the callus and a weak infraparietal lamella which emerges within 
the aperture almost to the parietal callus in some specimens. 
This is often not developed outside of the aperture. The parietal 
lamella penetrates within the aperture more than three-fourths of 
a whorl. Half a whorl within the aperture there is a short, stout 
lamella on the axis. There are five baso-parietal folds, the first 
two basal folds are large and heavy, the first kidney-shaped, the 
second larger and lamellar, erect. The other three folds are low, 
rather long and curved. All basal folds are arranged radially. 


128 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


Height 2.0; diameter 2.7 mm. Holotype. 
2. 2” 2.5 mm. Paratype. 

hs 2.0 Hy 2.6 mm. Paratype. 
cs 2.0 i 2.8 mm. Paratype. 

Holotype and Paratypes, Mus. Nat. Hist., Univ. IIl., No. 
P6774; Paratypes, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., No. 169886. 

Strobilops sparsicostata is related to S. texasiana P. & F. but 
differs from that species in having a more angular periphery, the 
costae more widely separated and not as heavy, and an almost 
smooth base which is distinctly costate in terasiana. The parietal 
lamella is also heavier. The arrangement of the baso-palatal 
folds is similar. The fossil form might be considered a race of 
texasiana, possibly ancestral, but in the light of our present im- 
perfect knowledge of the geological distribution of this group in 
America it seems best to consider it a distinct species. 


CARYCHIUM PEREXIGUUM n. sp.—Shell shorter and more solid 
than that of exiguwm, the sutures more deeply impressed and 
whorls rounder, sometimes shouldered at the upper part. Whorls 
5, the apical whorls somewhat smaller than in exiguum. Aper- 
ture a trifle more than one third of the length of the shell. Mar- 
gin of aperture with thickened, callus-like lip extending basally 
to the parietal callus, which is well marked. There is a con- 
spicuous callosity just above the middle of the outer lip. Umbili- 
cal region closed by the thickened basal lip. Lamella on columella 
conspicuous, tubercular, the fold extending upward spirally within 
the whorls much as in exiguum but it is narrower and bent 
upward over the axis in front. Lower lamella inconspicuous but 
heavier than in exiguum. 


Length 1.8; diameter 8.5 mm. Holotype. 

if 5 9.0 mm. Paratype. 
e “5 vs 8.0 mm. Paratype. 
4 1.6 i 8.0 mm. Paratype. 

Holotype and Paratypes, Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. Ill., No. P6776; 
Paratypes, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., No. 169885. 

Carychium perexiguum is related to exiguum, having much the 
same form of shell and arrangement of lamellae. The shorter 
shell, heavier lip, and the upward bending columellar lamella 
will distinguish it from the recent species. As far as known to 
the writer this is the first record of Carychium from Tertiary 
strata. The genus occurs in many Pleistocene formations. 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 129 


MENETUS KANSASENSIS n. sp.—Shell lenticular as in M. exacuous 
(Say). Periphery carinate with a ‘pinched’ border as M. a. 
megas (Dall). Whorls 34. Umbilicus wide, shallow, the whorls 
rounding into it. Sculpture consisting of more or less regularly 
spaced ribs extending from the suture in a backward curve to and 
over the periphery to the base and into the umbilicus. The ribs 
may be equally spaced, with strong growth lines between, or they 
may be so crowded together as to form a continuous series of ribs 
without intervening spaces. The surface above and below is cov- 
ered with strong spiral lines. 

Length 1.0; diameter 5.0 mm. Holotype. 

0. 8. 4.0 mm. Paratype. 
1s 1.0 os 4.0 mm. Paratype. 
i 0.8 ah 3.5 mm. Paratype. 


Holotype and Paratypes, Mus. Nat. Hist. Univ. IIl., No. P6778 ; 
Paratypes Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., No. 169884. 

Menetus kansasensis is related to the common M. exacuous and 
especially the form megas with the pinched periphery. It differs 
from this species in the presence of the ribbed sculpture. The 
genus Menetus is known from the Tertiary of North America, 
principally in strata in Oregon and California, but it has not 
before been reported from the Tertiary of the middle west. The 
genus 1S common in Pleistocene deposits. 


GYRAULUS PATTERSONI n. sp.—Shell completely discoidal, flat 
on upper and lower sides (right and left); periphery flattened 
and almost as high as the height of the shell, a rounded angle 
bordering the body whorl above and below; whorls 34, slowly 
and regularly increasing in diameter; sutures well impressed ; 
sculpture consisting of fine lines of growth crossed by fine spiral 
lines; on the nucleus only the spiral lines are developed, the 
growth lines beginning at about a fourth of the turn of the first 
whorl ; aperture not expanded, wider than high, roundly flattened 
at the upper part (the shell is ultra dextral), almost horizontal at 
the lower part, without peripheral callus; the peristome is thick- 
ened in adult specimens. 

Height .50; diameter 2.10; aperture height .45; diameter .35 
mm. Holotype. 

Height .50; diameter 2.00; aperture height .45; diameter .35 
mm. Paratype. 

Height .50; diameter 1.90; aperture height .40; diameter .40 
mm. Paratype. 


Locality:. Six miles north of Ainsworth, Brown County, 
Nebraska. Horizon: Early Pleistocene, most probably the 


130 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


Aftonian interglacial interval. Types: Holotype, Field Museum 
of Natural History, No. P26128, Paratypes, No. P26129. Para- 
types: Museum of Natural History, University of Illinois, No. 
P6778; Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, No. 169948. 

Gyraulus pattersoni is unlike any species of Gyraulus known 
in America, recent or fossil, easily distinguished by its disc-like 
Shell, with its flat base and spire, and by the very flat-sided whorls. 
More material of this species is desirable. 

Dr. Bryan Patterson, of the Geology Department of the Field 
Museum of Natural History, has placed in the hands of the author 
material from a marl deposit occurring in Brown County, 
Nebraska, which is of more than usual interest because of its 
association with a deposit containing vertebrate remains. The 
marl bed is seven feet four inches in thickness and underlies 
deposits of sand, clay, and gravel 18 ft. 10 in. in thickness. A 
part of the upper layers are believed to represent material from 
the Kansan ice which was about 100 miles east of the locality from 
which the fossils came. A lobe of the Wisconsin ice also extended 
southward to the junction of the Missouri and Niobrara rivers 
and the upper layers probably represent sediment from the ice 
at this point. <A layer of cross-bedded sand and gravel 2 ft. 4 in. 
in thickness beneath the top soil may represent floods from the 
Wisconsin ice. The presence of Menetus kansasensis, a species 
known from Upper Pliocene deposits in Kansas, and also from 
early Pleistocene deposits of that state, suggests that the marl bed 
near Ainsworth is of Aftonian age. 

The fauna from this and one other locality nearby contains 
the following species: 


Valvata lewisi helicoidea Dall. Small form. 

Stagnicola cf reflera (Say). Fragments and young shells. 
Stagnicola caperata (Say). Mostly immature. 

Physa species, young and fragments. 

Physa species, young of small, narrow species. 

Menetus kansasensis F. C. Baker. Much variation in sculpture. 
Menetus umbilicatellus (Ckll.). Mostly immature. 
Gyraulus altissimus (F. C. Baker). Mostly immature. 
Gyraulus pattersoni F. C. Baker. Apparently rare. 
Gastrocopta cristata Pilsbry & Vanatta. Only one specimen. 
Vertigo ovata Say. Several specimens. 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 131 


From a locality about two miles west of the above section the 
following species were collected. These are probably from the 
same horizon. 

Pisidium species. 

Lymnaea cf stagnalis jugularis Say. Fragments. 

Stagnicola species, immature possibly undescribed. 

Stagnicola species, immature and broken specimens. 

Fossarva dalli grandis F. C. Baker. Rare. 

Menetus kansasensis F. C. Baker. 

Gyraulus altissimus (F. C. Baker). Mostly immature. 

Gastrocopta tappaniana (C. B. Adams). One specimen. 


A NEW ANGUISPIRA FROM KENTUCKY 


BY LESLIE HUBRICHT 


ANGUISPIRA RUGODERMA N. Sp. 


Shell similar in general form and color to Anguwispira alternata 
(Say), but larger. Whorls 5.5 to 6, periphery rounded in adults, 
subangulate when young. Body-whorl with about 14 strong ribs 
to the em., which extend over the periphery and into the umbili- 
eus. Under a hand-lens the epidermis of A. alternata shows very 
fine wrinkles ; in this species the wrinkles are quite conspicuous. 


Holotype: Whorls 5.9; gr. diam. 25.0; less. diam. 22.5; height 
14.0 mm. 

Paratype: Whorls 5.7; gr. diam. 23.5; less. diam. 21.0; height 
12.5 mm. 

Paratype: Whorls 4.1; gr. diam. 10.0; less. diam. 9.0; height 
5.9 mm. 


Type locality: Under logs in well developed, second-growth, 
deciduous forest, lower half of the north side of Pine Mountain, 
5.6 miles east of Pineville, Bell Co., Kentucky. Collected by the 
author. Holotype No. 169882, Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Philadelphia; paratypes No. A3892, author’s collection. 

The largest specimen of a variety of A. alternata found with 
this species measured : Whorls 5.5; gr. diam. 19.0; less. diam. 16.0; 
height 10.0 mm. 


132 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


ON THE OCCURRENCE OF HELIX LACTEA 
MULLER IN NORTH AMERICA 


BY HENRY VAN DER SCHALIE 


In the course of some studies of the Naiades of the Ogeechee 
River in northeastern Georgia, Dr. E. P. Creaser called my at- 
tention to the fact that an unusual land shell inhabited Cockspur 
Island, a small island located in the mouth of the Savannah River. 
Upon investigation the species was found to be Helix lactea 
Miller. According to Mr. W. J. Clench credit for the discovery 
of this exotic species should go to Mr. A. J. Nitzsche who sent 
specimens to him a long time ago. Although Mr. Clench intended 
to publish a note regarding this discovery, he has kindly submitted 
what information was available for this account. 

The question as to how Helix lactea became established on Cock- 
spur Island cannot be answered with any degree of certainty. Dr. 
Creaser suggested that this species might have carried from its 
normal haunts in the western Mediterranean by ships which tem- 
porarily stopped at Cockspur Island to deposit stone carried as 
ballast before these ships proceeded to the river-port of Savannah 
where they took on their load. This suggested origin has some 
degree of likelihood, particularly since piles of such ballast are 
still found much in evidence on the island. 

At present the species is prospering well on the vegetation sur- 
rounding the old, historic Fort Pulaski which commands a promi- 
nent position on the island. We found lactea confined to the yucca 
or Spanish bayonet (Yucca sp.). At the time the collection was 
made a drizzling rain was falling and active specimens were found 
moving about on the leaves of the yucca. Those not active were 
found clustered near the bases of the leaves. 

Another colony of Helix lactea was reported in 1931 by Mr. 
Wm. G. Fargo who found them in the region of his home at Pass- 
a-Grille, Florida. In this case we are more fortunate in learning 
something about the origin of the colony. Mr. Fargo reports 
that the snails were introduced by the owner of a curio shop in 
Pass-a-Grille, who imported them from Morocco along with other 
snails. The snails were scattered around on Long Key, on which 
Pass-a-Grille is located, and also on two smaller keys, Mud Key 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 133 


and Cabbage Key, which are eastward across Boca Ciega Bay (cf. 
Henderson, Nautiuus 50: 72). 

The acclimatization of H. lactea on these three keys as here re- 
ported by Mr. Fargo is of interest. Evidently Mud Key is little 
more than a mangrove bar and the snails did not prosper there. 
On Cabbage Key they did well for a time while feeding on castor 
bean (Ricinus communis L.) foliage. This island was later 
abandoned by its tenant, the castor beans were destroyed, and 
subsequently Mr. Fargo noted that he was no longer able to find 
H. lactea there. On Long Key this species is now fairly common. 
Here it is found on papayas (Carica Papaya L.) and mostly on a 
large, coarse lily which is locally called ‘‘milk and wine lily.’’ On 
inquiry Mr. Fargo was informed by a reliable nursery in St. 
Petersburg that this lily was Crinum Kirki. Species of Crinum 
are So numerous in cultivation that it is hazardous to attempt any 
indication of species here. The depredations of H. lactea in feed- 
ing on these lilies have caused the inhabitants of Pass-a-Grille to 
consider the snail a nuisance. 

The above information leads us to believe that H. lactea is at 
present confined to but two localities in North America. The fact 
that a considerable area extends between these points as a potential 
range for this species should not be overlooked. On the basis of 
what is known of H. lactea in its native haunts we can safely 
assume that it does well where the yucca thrives. But we now 
have evidence that it will adapt itself to feeding on other foods, 
such as the castor bean and certain species of Crinum, as men- 
tioned above. K. H. Jones (Journ. Conch. IX, 1900, pp. 368) 
reports that H. lactea in its normal range is preyed upon by 
parasitic diptera and coleoptera which deposit their eggs in this 
snail. One might well raise the question as to what the future 
history of H. lactea will be in North America where it may not be 
held in check by its predators and where there may be a wide 
variety of foods to which it can adapt itself. 

George W. Tryon (Manual Conch., Vol. 4, 1888, p. 130) gives 
the distribution of Helix lactea as: ‘‘Spain, Canary Islands, North 
Africa; introduced into Cuba, Buenos Ayres and other Spanish 
colonies.’’? In substantiation of the West Indian records, Mr. 
W. J. Clench informs me that there are specimens in the M. C. Z. 


134 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


eollection from Jamaica and Cuba. Unfortunately, neither of 
these collections have specific locality data. The labels do indicate, 
however, that this species was definitely introduced into those 
islands, but whether it is still living there is uncertain. When we 
consider that lactea normally ranges through the region of Gibral- 
tar, a great cross-road in the commerce of the world, the potential 
passive distribution of this species becomes tremendous. 


REMARKS ON SOME OF DR. PAUL BARTSCH’S 
EXPERIMENTS 


BY HENRY VAN DER SCHALIE 


In the recent report of Dr. Paul Bartsch at the Seventh Annual 
Meeting of the American Malacological Union, results on some 
experimental breeding of Goniobasis in cages placed at stations 
in the Potomac River were of considerable interest. These breed- 
ing experiments were virtually a failure due to unusual silting 
conditions. However, an unexpected discovery was made. To 
quote the article: ‘‘Greatly to the surprise of the experimenters 
in one of the cages specimens of Anodonta cataracta Say were 
found with eight annulations, one measuring 66.2 mm. in length, 
40.0 mm. high and with a diameter of 19.3 mm. This would indi- 
cate that annulations must not be taken as an indication of year 
marks.”’ 

In this quotation it is clearly stated that ‘‘annulations must 
not be taken as an indication of year marks.’’ If this is true we 
are faced with a major problem since much of the better work 
with mussels in the past has been based on methods which use 
annual rings in the determination of age. Since Dr. Bartsch has 
raised this question, it would be highly desirable for him to supply 
us with experimental data sufficient to disprove the work of 
Hessing, Rubbel, Coker, Isely, Chamberlain and others. Their 
investigations have clearly indicated that age in mussels can be 
determined by annual rings. 

An analysis of Dr. Bartsch’s work shows that there may be an 
explanation for the results he obtained. In the first place, his 
experimental work was not carefully checked since he visited his 
stations only once in ten months. Furthermore, he will learn, if 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 135 


he considers some of the publications of men referred to above, 
that one must differentiate between annual rings and lesser 
gerowth-rests which are produced with a temporary cessation in 
growth due to unfavorable circumstances. In a species such as 
Anodonta cataracta Say, shell growth may be very rapid when 
the animal lives under favorable conditions. During such rapid 
growth, disturbances of the animal may be registered on the shell 
as growth-rests. If Dr. Bartsch is unable to interpret properly 
his experimental results, the burden of disproving earlier work 
rests with him. 


A NEW SPECIES OF POLYGYRA FROM THE GREAT 
SMOKY MOUNTAINS, NORTH CAROLINA 


BY ALLAN F. ARCHER 


Potyeyra (MESODON) JONESIANA, new species. Plate 10, fig. 6. 


Description.—Shell rather small, imperforate, rather solid, sub- 
globose, concave in the umbilical region, dull and faintly hirsute. 
Color light chestnut ; nuclear whorl eroded, dirty white. Parietal 
lamella white; peristome white edged with a faint reddish brown. 
Whorls, 54, gradually increasing; gently convex; nuclear whorl 
nearly flat. Suture impressed throughout. Body whorl gently 
bulging behind the peristome; area immediately behind the peri- 
stome deeply impressed. Aperture oblique, lunate. Peristome 
rather narrow except in the basal area, reflected ; edge of peristome 
rather sharp; surface of peristome dished and concave directly 
above the anal sinus; the rest of the surface convex. Outer 
denticle present in the form of a slight, rounded boss; basal 
denticle, a faint curve inwards towards the parietal wall, and 
nearly continuous with the thickened, undifferentiated rim of the 
basal peristome. Parietal lamella rather prominent, slightly 
eurved, and robust; the proximal portion of the lamella much 
more elongated than the distal portion. The umbilical region 
covered by a broad callus, rather impressed. The nuclear whorl 
and the two succeeding whorls covered with faint, irregular, axial 
riblets. The fourth whorl and the body whorl covered with rather 
widely spaced axial riblets which tend to become faint below the 
periphery in the region just above the parietal callus. From 
about the third whorl onwards to the groove behind the peristome 
the shell covered with spirally disposed longitudinal pits sur- 
mounted by cuticular laminae; these laminae in a staggered ar- 
rangement. The entire surface of the peristome, parietal lamella, 


136 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


and parietal callus covered with very closely set and very fine 
beading. Holotype: height 7.5 mm.; greater diameter 12.8 mm.; 
aperture 3x95. Paratypes: height 8.5; greater diameter 13-13.5; 
aperture (of one mature specimen) 3 x5 mm. 

Holotype—aA. N. 8. P., no. 169583, 4800 feet elevation, near 
New Found Gap, Swain County, North Carolina, 24 miles south 
of Mount LeConte. Three paratypes from the same locality. 
A. F. Archer collector, September 8, 1937. 

Remarks.—This species belongs somewhere between P. clarkii 
and P. christyi, but is nearer the former. It differs from clarku 
in the following respects: The peristome is proportionately nar- 
rower ; the basal denticle is less angular ; the upper denticle, absent 
in clarku, is faintly represented in this species; the surface is 
covered with spiral laminae, absent in clarki; the spire is not 
elevated, as in clarku, and there is at least one less whorl. Be- 
sides its much smaller size P. christyi has no denticles, lacks the 
cuticular laminae, and has at least one half less whorl, thus con- 
trasting with jonesiana in these respects. P. subpalliata, although 
hirsute like jonesiana, has the hairs arranged as zigzag, continu- 
ous, axial laminae; it has a flatter spire and one less whorl; it 
lacks the upper denticle, and the surface of its peristome is flat- 
tened instead of being convex; the inner rim of the basal peristome 
is narrow and bordered by an indented groove. 

It is unfortunate that only three specimens of this rare and 
apparently endemic species are available for diagnosis. I found 
all three specimens in a very limited area during a field trip in 
company with H. E. Wheeler. Possibly the seasonal conditions 
were unfavorable for finding this snail alive. One of the adults 
was freshly dead, but the soft parts were already disintegrated, 
and were consequently not available for dissection. 

This species is named for Dr. Walter B. Jones, of the Alabama 
Geological Survey, who has always shown great interest in the 
geological and biological work in the southeastern United States. 

Habitat—tThis snail inhabits the birch-beech-maple-hemlock 
forest of the higher elevations. Characteristic trees are Tsuga 
canadensis, Betula lutea, Acer rubrum, A. spicata, Fagus grandi- 
folia. P. jonesi does not occur in the talus of massive, moss- 
covered rocks of the Polygyra ferrissvi zone, but instead lives in 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 137 


the humus zone. Its habitat is under the top layer of leaves and 
hemlock spills, or under bark and logs in a cover of fallen limbs 
and twigs. 


NOTES ON HYGROMIA STRIOLATA (PFR.) AT 
TORONTO, CANADA 


BY JOHN OUGHTON 
Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology 


This European land snail, also known under the names Helix 
rufescens (Penn.), Fruticola rufescens (Penn.) and Trichia strio- 
lata (Pfr.) has for many years been established at Quebec City. 
(J. F. Whiteaves, ‘‘On the land and fresh water mollusea of Lower 
Canada,’’ Can. Nat. & Geol. 6: 452, 1861). <A colony of this same 
species has been recently discovered at Ottawa by Mr. G. EH. Fair- 
bairn. (Can. Field-Nat. in press). Mr. A. LaRocque kindly 
pointed out to me that Justice F. R. Latchford (Ottawa Nat. 7: 
132, 1893) many years ago secured a batch of this species from 
Quebee City and liberated them in Ottawa. However, Mr. 
LaRoecque considers that the existing Ottawa colony has probably 
been derived from some other source. 

The purpose of the present paper is to record the occurrence 
of Hygromia striolata at Toronto, to suggest its probable source, 
to indicate its present extent and abundance and finally to men- 
tion some observations, chiefly on the pigmentation of shell and 
mantle. 

I am indebted for assistance to Professor J. R. Dymond, Mr. 
A. LaRocque and my wife. 

Occurrence.—The Toronto colony was discovered by my wife 
and myself in November, 1937. 4H. striolata has apparently lived 
unnoticed for several years here. Such neglect is not strange, as 
the species is confined to a small extent of waste land. However, 
it is possible that it has been noticed before, but under the wrong 
name. Thus Robertson (‘‘Mollusea’’ in Natural History of the 
Toronto Region, 1913, p. 289) lists ‘‘Gastradonta ligera Say’’ for 
the Toronto region—an unlikely record which has never been 
authenticated. His G. ligera was based, I believe, either on H. 
striolata or on an immature specimen of some Polygyra. 


138 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


Probable Source-—Mr. K. V. Rippon has informed the author 
that in August, 1894, he imported a shipment of between 65 and 
90 living snails, comprising Cepaea nemoralis (L.) and C. horten- 
sis (Mull). He obtained these from Upper Norwood (Crystal 
Palace), Kent, England, and liberated them in Rosedale Valley 
Drive, Toronto, near the Huntley and Sherbourne St. bridges. 
The two bridges just mentioned mark the extent where H. strio- 
lata now abounds. 

Thus, circumstantial evidence points to the strong probability 
that the Toronto colony of H. striolata came from a few individ- 
uals accidentally introduced with some intended settlers (Helix 
nemoralis and H. hortensis). Incidentally, the stock of the lat- 
ter two species seems to have perished utterly in this vicinity. 

Extent.—A fair amount of mollusk collecting has been done 
around Toronto during the past few years. However, Hygromia 
striolata has been discovered only in the single station—Rosedale 
Valley Drive, a small ravine, situated fifteen minutes walk from 
the Royal Ontario Museum. The snail under consideration has 
a very small range in this ravine. It occurs in abundance from 
the Huntley St. bridge to the Sherbourne St. bridge (a distance 
of about two hundred yards). A few individuals were found 
extending another two hundred yards eastwards to the Glen Road 
bridge. An intensive search in suitable locations to the east and 
west of the above limits revealed no further specimens. 

Abundance.—In a few spots, a very high number was found. 
The highest population was that occupying a matted mass of vines 
50 yards east of Huntley Street, on the south side of the road. 
Here, in an area of 12 square feet, 612 adults, 202 young and 50 
dead shells were collected in twenty-five minutes. This figure may 
be too low by one or two hundred, since no special sifting tech- 
nique was employed to secure the young individuals. The aver- 
age population for the entire range, however, was much lower and 
probably was not over ten or twenty per square foot. 

Observations on Pigmentation of Mantle and Shells.—In size, 
shape and color, the shell of the Toronto specimens resembles 
closely those from Quebee City and Ottawa. This opinion is 
based on small series at hand from these two latter localities, 
received from Mr. LaRocque and Mr. Fairbairn. 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 139 


The living specimens may be separated fairly readily into 
‘light’? and ‘‘dark’’ groups, representing one-third and two- 
thirds respectively of the total population. This difference in 
shade is due chiefly to the amount of pigment in the mantle. In 
the ‘‘light’’ group, there are scattered blotches of brownish or 
black pigment, while in the ‘‘dark’’ group there is usually solid 
black. This divergence in shade is strikingly displayed by com- 
paring the preserved extracted animals of the two groups side by 
side. Pigmentation in the cleaned shell itself partially accounts 
for the appearance of the living snail—the ‘‘dark’’ group having 
on the average a slightly darker shell. 

This information is tabulated below: 


Red-Brown 


Series Animal Totals 


Dark (64%) 
Light (36%) 605 


Dark (68%) 
Light (32%) 


a. Both the above series were collected at random, 1.¢., care was 
taken to extract every specimen from a given area, regardless of 
color or shade. 

b. Series I is the large collection (less the immature and 7 adult 
shells accidentally destroyed in cleaning) made on the south side 
of the road, 50 yards east of Huntley Street. It was obtained 
from an area of 12 square feet. 

Series II is an amalgamated collection accruing from several 
small areas within a rectangle (25 yardsx10 yards) which was 
chosen on the north side of the road about 100 yards east of Hunt- 
ley St. 

c. All these shells referred to above and a large part of the 
extracted animals are preserved in the collections of the Royal 
Ontario Museum of Zoology for future reference. 

d. Some of the varietal names proposed for this European snail 
appear to be applicable to the above color phases of the shells 
(Ellis, ‘‘British Snails,’’ p. 210, 1926). 


140 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


My ‘‘red brown’’=‘‘var. rubens’’ Moquin-Tandon. 
‘‘white’’ ‘‘var. alba’’ 
‘“brown’’ =‘‘var. albocincta’’ Cockerell, chiefly. 


I 


Miscellaneous.—1. Habitat: H. striolata dwells in waste ground, 
in open woods, under decaying leaves, sticks and matted vegeta- 
tion; chiefly on the flats: less on the hillside. 2. Habits: Twice 
on cool rainy days the snails have been observed crawling over 
fallen leaves. Once we saw a few individuals climbing up the 
trunk of a willow tree to a height of three or four feet. 

3. Molluscan Associates. 

Common: Arion circumscriptus Johnston, Deroceras agreste 
(L.), Cochlicopa lubrica (Mull.), Gonyodiscus cronkhitei anthonyi 
Pils., Vallonia pulchella (Mull.), Vallonia costata (Mull.). 

Searece: Oxychilus cellarius (Mull.), Deroceras campestre 
(Say) ?, Zonitoides nitida (Mull.) ?. 


ADDITIONAL DATA ON COPIES OF SAY’S 
AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY 


BY H. E. WHEELER 


Recently located copies of Say’s American Conchology are as 
follows. The author requests detailed report on any other copies 
that may be in public or private libraries. 

A copy is reported in the Library of Dr. L. C. Glenn, Vander- 
bilt University, which contains all the parts, but lacks the Glos- 
sary. It was not stated whether this copy has the original covers. 

There is a copy in the Library of Charleston, S. C., Museum, 
which contains six parts and covers to all parts except the 5th. 
This copy originally belonged to Dr. Edmund Ravenel. There 
is a letter in the Library from Thomas Say to Dr. Ravenel enquir- 
ing whether he had received part 5 and the Glossary, but the 
Glossary is not with the copy now. 

There is also a copy in the Cornell University Library which 
was purchased in 1897. Parts 6 and 7 are missing, also the 
Glossary. When this copy was bound by the Library the origi- 
nal covers were not preserved. 

Data on a copy in University of Colorado Museum Library were 
given by Prof. Hugo G. Rodeck in the January Nautiuus, p. 108. 


ee 


re. 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 141 


Dr. W. Adam communicates the following: It may be of inter- 
est to record the presence of two copies of Say’s ‘‘ American Con- 
chology’’ in the library of the Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle 
de Belgique. The first copy contains 5 parts and the Glossary 
which are bound in one volume. The covers are missing. The 
50 plates are in excellent condition but several pages are age- 
stained. The copy bears the signature of H. Nyst and the price 
indication: 36 frances. The second copy is in the library of the 
late Ph. Dautzenberg. Dautzenberg’s collection and library were 
transferred to our Museum after his death. This copy contains 
the 7 parts but the Glossary is missing. The 7 complete parts 
with the covers intact (only the last cover is missing) are bound 
in one volume. Although some of the pages are age-stained, the 
copy is in excellent condition. On the last page it contains the 
following remark written with pencil: ‘‘ouvrage trés rare, com- 
plet,’’ and as price indication, 125 (probably French franes). 

It may be worth noticing that in 1875 a French translation of 
the first 5 parts appeared in Chenu’s ‘‘Bibliothéque conchyliolo- 
gique,’’ premiére série—Tome III. In this translation the figures 
of the 50 plates have been reproduced on 17 uncolored plates. 


DR. EMMET RIXFORD 

Dr. Rixford of San Francisco died January 2, following an 
operation. He would have been 73 on February 14. Although 
he was one of the most eminent surgeons of the West Coast, in 
active practice up to within a few weeks of his death, Dr. Rix- 
ford found time for active interest in several hobbies, horticul- 
ture, yachting, mountain climbing and collecting mollusks. He 
was considered an authority on roses, and served at one time as 
commodore of the San Francisco yacht fleet. He was a com- 
panion of Dr. David Starr Jordan on hiking trips. One of the 
high peaks of the Sierra is named Mount Rixford in his honor. 

He was an excellent land shell collector, and in company with 
Dr. Hanna discovered Polygyra penitens, Monadenia hirsuta and 
collected many other interesting California snails. Muicrarionta 
rizfordi, a desert snail which he discovered, was named for him. 
Some years ago he acquired the old A. W. Crawford collection 
which he merged with his own. 


142 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


ROBERT SWIFT 


Through the kindness of Mr. A. F. Gray, the following obitu- 
ary notice of Mr. Robert Swift was placed in my hands for our 
records. It is a newspaper clipping, dated in Bland’s hand- 
writing, as July 13, 1872, and no doubt written by T. Bland. 
Though his main collection is now in the Academy of Natural 
Sciences, Philadelphia, most of the larger museum collections 
contain shells collected by Mr. Swift—W. J. CLENCH. 

‘* Another gap in the ranks of American students and patrons 
of natural history has been made by the death of Mr. Ropert 
Swirt. This gentleman was born in Philadelphia in 1796, and 
studied law for a short time in his native city, but subsequently 
was engaged in mercantile affairs. In about the year 1824 he 
went to Laguayra and several years later removed to Porto Ca- 
bello, where he resided as agent of the Bolivar Mining Associa- 
tion. In 1835 Mr. Swift established himself at St. Thomas, where 
he continued in business as a merchant until his retirement in 
1866, when he removed to Philadelphia; but finding the climate 
unsuitable, returned to St. Thomas in October, 1867, remaining 
there until his death, on the 5th of May, 1872, in the seventy- 
seventh year of his age. 

‘‘Mr. Swift, at an early period of his residence in Venezuela, 
acquired a taste for natural history, and commenced the collec- 
tion and study of the mollusea, which he pursued with increasing 
interest to the end of his life. In 1852 he became acquainted, in 
the United States, with the late Professor C. B. Adams, who con- 
templated another visit to the West Indies (he had already been 
in Jamaica, and also at Panama), and invited by Mr. Swift, went 
to St. Thomas as his guest, where he died in 1853. 

‘‘From that period, more especially, Mr. Swift became greatly 
interested in the subject of the geographical distribution of the 
mollusca in the West Indies. In correspondence with concholo- 
gists in the islands and elsewhere, Mr. Swift, by purchase, ex- 
change, and collecting personally, became possessed of an ex- 
tremely valuable cabinet. Always. liberal and hospitable, he did 
much to aid and encourage others of similar scientific tastes. 

‘His friend and intimate correspondent for upward of twenty 
years, Mr. Thomas Bland, of New York, in his various publica- 


at ay 


April, 1938] THE NAUTILUS 143 


tions on the geographical distribution of terrestrial mollusea in 
the West Indies, gratefully acknowledges his obligations to Mr. 
Swift. 

‘‘In March, 1863, Mr. Swift published a book of (marine) 
‘“Researches of the Virgin Islands,’’ and took great interest in 
the preparation and publication, by his friend Mr. Henry Krebs, 
of a catalogue of the marine shells of the West Indies. With the 
view of better determining the ornithology of St. Thomas and 
Porto Rico, Mr. Swift, about the year 1865, employed a native 
collector in gathering an extensive series of specimens, which he 
presented to the Smithsonian Institution, and which was made 
the basis of a systematic report by Dr. Bryant, of Boston, who 
himself subsequently fell a victim to his zeal for science in the 
last-mentioned island. 

“Mr. Swift was, we believe, a contributor to the fund raised 
in his native city for the purchase, in behalf of the Philadelphia 
Academy of Natural Sciences, of the Morton collection of skulls; 
and we learn that his valuable cabinet of shells, now the property 
of his only daughter, will be by her presented to the same insti- 
tution.’’ 


NOTES AND NEWS 


Miss CarLotTa JOAQUINA Maury, formerly paleontologist for 
the Brazilian government and from 1912 to 1915 professor of 
geology and zoology at the Huguenot College of the University 
of the Cape of Good Hope, died on January 3 at the age of sixty- 
four years. 


DIMENSIONS OF FLoripaA CHAMAS.—In a recent letter Mr. Frank 
B. Lyman reports finding specimens larger than measurements 
given in Nautinus for January of this year. Chama macero- 
phylla, 80 mm. long; C. sinuosa firma, over 100 mm.; and Pseudo- 
chama radians variegata, many more than 70 mm.—H. A. P. 


Epitor Nautinus. Sir:—It is generally believed that fresh- 
water molluses like some othér species wear away the front por- 
tion of the radula and that it is constantly being replaced by 
posterior rows of teeth, as is believed to occur in land species. 


144 THE NAUTILUS [ Vou. 51 (4) 


This contention has recently been disputed on the ground that the 
food consists merely of microorganisms and there is not sufficient 
evidence to show that the front portion comes into contact with 
the food during feeding." 

Would any of your readers be able to observe such species as 
Lymnaea feeding on the glass of an aquarium and isolate a speci- 
men which possesses a distinctive row of teeth so that any change 
which takes place may be noted as development proceeds? Only 
in this way would it seem possible to decide whether there is any 
wear and tear and constant replacement of the teeth—F.. Gorpon 
Cawston, Durban, South Africa. 


NoTE ON THE RANGE OF Pecten caurinus GouLp.—Three speci- 
mens of Pecten caurinus were recently presented to the California 
Academy of Sciences by Mr. G. H. Clark, of the Division of Fish 
and Game of the State of California. These were obtained by 
fishermen in 50 fathoms off Eureka, California, 9% miles S.W. by 
W.3 W. of Humboldt Bar buoy, July 2, 1937. This is a southern 
extension in range. The species has been collected by George 
Willett as far north as Craig, Alaska, where it usually occurs in 
the inside channels and around islands in 10 to 30 fathoms. This 
is the most northerly record of the species in collections studied 
by the author. The only record of a more northern occurrence 
is that of ‘‘ ‘scallops over eight inches across’ ’’ at Kayak Island 
near Controller Bay, Alaska, mentioned in the diary of Georg 
Wilhelm Steller, a member of the Russian expedition to America 
commanded by Vitus Bering which stopped at Kayak Island in 
1741. These shells were referred to Pecten caurinus by Stejneger. 
(See A. Stejneger in Golder, Bering’s Voyages, Amer. Geogr. 
Soe. Research Ser. no. 2, 1925, p. 44, footnote.) —L. G. HertrLern. 


Mr. Cavin GoopricH with Mrs. Goodrich have left Ann Arbor 
for an extended tour from Cape Town to England. 


1 Cf. The Radula of Lymnaea and Bulinus, NAuTILUS 41: 141-142, 1928. 


Vol. 51 JULY, 1937 | No. 1 


THE 


NAUTILUS |. 


A QUARTERLY We 
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGIS 18> 008 WS Ss 


(\o 
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS : i) a3/2. a “\e 


WIA 


HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollus Ba. | LIRZRPARY co 
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia j Ae 
H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology, a \ tite =} tr 
University of Pennsylvania a> Ad AS 5% ~ 
CONTENTS YW a ¥ 
Cypraeidae from Christmas, Palmyra, Washington, and Fan- 
ning Islands. By Walliam Marcus Lng rir «..ccccccoccccooecooe aI 
A New West American Cone. By Pal Bartsch .....::cocessesoeein 3 
Notes on West Coast Epitoniidae. By A. M. Strong ................. 4 
The Fauna of the ‘‘Champlain Sea’’ of Vermont. By B. F. 
Fiombell and FH ardeeG. TACKOIGS ecco esectetatensesnratoonpssceeee 8 


Some Notes on an Old Race of California Land Snail with 
Descriptions of Three New Forms. By G@. Dallas Hanna 


OEE EO Cd COW S17 2) MAR SERED eit PED CL ace 10 
Notes on Three Rare American Polygyra. By William J. 

OT NET Te Pe GSO) ee ee Oe ere eee ay 
A New Variety of Bulimulus Dealbatus from Alabama. By 

VTE, UAB ETT Se A EES Ce ee 18 
Three New Species of Cerions from Long Island, Bahamas. 

TERR CONE Ree G2.) aS ne Tee faerie 19 
A New Pleistocene Race of Polygyra Appressa. By Frank 

hse LET EU ARE OS TN A OORT, SOF REE ve ae eae, Peon 23 
A New Bolivian Helicoid, Dinotropis Harringtoni. By H. A. 

FEO TABS V0 IBY LR DB aC 35 1) a 24 


A New Callistochiton from Lower California. By G. Willett 25 
The Races and Allies of Pleurodonte Guadeloupensis. By 


ESTAS ee 26 
Some Lesser Races of Monadenia Fidelis (Gray). By S. 

oo Misue Tec]: ao alae sp ad Ek 28 
bo DES UTD. oe pp aad |r A 33 


$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy 


HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager 


Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, 
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 


Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932. at the Post Office at Phila- 
delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


li THE NAUTILUS 


THE NAUTILUS: 


A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub- 
lished by HENRY A. PiusBry and H. BurRINGTON BAKER. 

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the 
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October). 

REPRINTS are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or 
attached to first page of manuscript. 


Spp. 16 pp. 

SLL TUS pepe ale ea ; 5.40 7.60 
100 copies 6.00 8.50 
JAG GI ayst 1 eric : 1.20 1.80 


Covers: 50 for $2.50; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred. 
Plates (pasted in): 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100. 


THE NAUTILUS is the official organ of the American Malacological Union. 
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. 
Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science, 


Buffalo, N. Y. 


EXCHANGE NOTICES 


For ExcHance: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including 
three of the rare solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus, 
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus. 


Send your list to . 
Pau P. McGinty, 9010 Dexter Bl’d, Detroit, Mich. 


WANTED: Back Volumes and Numbers of THE NavutTintus. Especially Vols. 
3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24.’ Address 
Horace B, Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania. 


WANTED: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection. 
Pror. C. M. STEENBERG, University of Copenhagen, 
Norregade 10, Denmark 


For EXCHANGE: Cuban shells (land, f.w. and marine) for species new to 
me. Please send full list of duplicates when writing. 
MIGUEL L. JauME, Calle 6 No. 24%, Vedado-Habana, Cuba. 


WANTED: Specimens with the animal of Menetus dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or 
varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona, 
Mexico, and South America. 


F. C. BAKER, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois, 
Urbana, Ill. 


(Continued on p. iii) 


THE NAUTILUS lil 


For EXxcHANGE: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and 
tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to: 
J. L. StTaw, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France. 
For ExcHANGE: Southern California shells. Please send list of duplicates 
when writing. W.G. Lehmann, 
Box 222, Corona del Mar, California, U. 8. A. 


WANTED TO PURCHASE 


Private Collections of Recent Mollusca, that are of a scientific nature, 
with full and definite localities. Will also purchase entire collections of 
duplicates, where of fine quality and from localities that would be of value 
in making exchanges. My exchange list covers some four thousand species, 
land, fresh water, and marine from all parts of the world. 


WALTER F. WEBB, 
202 Westminster Road, Rochester, N. Y. 


FOR SALE 


Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the 
Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener, 
Semper’s work on Philippine Shells, Mollusca of Mexico and Central America 
and a hundred other vols. as well as several hundred authors separates, some 
in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants. 


WALTER F. WEBB 
Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida 


TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS: 


If you will send to me a Johnson check list with the specimens you espe- 
cially desire checked off, or indicated, I will place your name on my ‘‘serve 
in proper turn list.’’ This will fix matters so that you may secure some 
of the more rare species being turned up from time to time by The Frank 
Lyman Family. Your check list will be promptly returned. Fifty per 
cent discount is allowed to all Public Museums. No exchanges are made. 
All specimens sent on approval. If your wants are few a letter stating 
species desired will serve as well as a check list. Write today. 


FRANK B. LYMAN, 
Lantana, Florida 


SPECIALIZING 


On rare Florida sea shells. Public Museums allowed special discounts. 
All collectors and museums furnished with the very rare specimens in their 
proper turn as they appear on my lists for certain species. Write now. 

FRANK B. LYMAN, 
Lantana, Florida 


iv THE NAUTILUS 


EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS 


Descriptions of shore mollusks occurring from Maine to Texas together 
with figures of practically every species including many from off shore sta- 
tions. More than a thousand illustrations, including photographs and draw- 
ings. 

Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled 
in order of receipt. Address the author: 


MAXWELL SMITH, 
Lantana, Florida 


THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY 


The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph 
of the Pupillidae and their allies. 


Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume. 
Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00. 


Department of Mollusca, 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 


The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence 


Business established by Sowerby in 1861 
SALE — PURCHASE EXCHANGE 
Good Adult Specimens Correctly Labelled at Moderate Prices 
Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for 
Reference and as Check-Lists. 


HUGH C. FULTON 


(Late SOWERBY & FULTON) 
27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England 


A General Index to THE NAUTILUS 


This Index, begun by the late John B. Henderson, was completed by 
Wm. H. Dall. Its publication has been made possible through Drs. Bryant 
Walker and Geo. H. Clapp. It covers 34 volumes, and contains over 400 
pages. Price $5.00. Address all orders to 


THE NAUTILUS 


HORACE B. BAKER, Zool. Lab., University of Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 


ia 


Vol. 51 OCTOBER, 1937 No. 2 


THE 


NAUTILUS. 


A QUARTERLY a 
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS. ° 


EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS: 
HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca, 
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 


H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology, 
University of Pennsylvania 


CONTENTS 
Aurinia Torrei, A New Cuban Volute. By H. A. Pilsbry ...... 37 
Notes on the Recent Spondylus of Florida. By Hugh C. 
LEAT OP bed cog AAO, 2 One EEA Saat eet ae are ee 38 
A Dense Aggregation of Snails. By H. A. Andrews 0.0.0.0... 39 


Notes on ‘‘ American Conchology’’ by Thomas Say, with 
Special Reference to the Seventh Part Edited by T. A. 
Oriel) SEs Valin c Pu VLCEL OR NOt aN RO ee Bek od 43 

The Seasonal Life History of a Land Snail, Polygyra 
Thyroidus (Say). By Harley J. Van Cleave and Thural 


[E05 OE UTR D) ke OTe Gs A, EU Ree tea ae Rese neee 50 
A New Turbonilla from Monterey Bay, California. By A. WM. 

(otek ie aN MER ES OS 0 eee eens eee ee eee en ee 54 
Some Land Mollusks of Three Counties in Eastern Ohio. 

EAP ANY Des ITE GARI Ses A DR ea OVER aN SN 55 
A New Race of Helminthogypta Traski from Lower Cali- 

LASS a Eee Sg RT 2090 co eee ane ee 60 
Helix Pomatia Linné in Jackson, Michigan. By A. F. 

LATE ET We Vee MOM EDDY OSL Dane? 1 SV ALAN SMR PRZ Ita ERR oR ee 61 
Monadenia Semialba Henderson. By Walter J. Kyerdam ...... 63 


Further Notes upon Tertiary and Recent Mollusks from 
Florida together with Descriptions of New Species. By 
OGLE DST Poy TT [dtp Os ae EE Dae So OCT eRe 65 

The Seventh Annual Meeting of the American Malacological 
Union of the Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan, 
ATE So NS) DIG Si a SSE See ee ne ee 68 

RDN a tees en re MRC nee PN Senn ese eR Or tacts cect ncconennuconrdeerteneaiageees (a! 


$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy 


HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager 


Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, 
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 


Hntered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932. at the Post Office at Phila- 
delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


ii THE NAUTILUS 


THE NAUTILUS: 


A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub- 
lished by HENRY A. PinsBry and H. BurRINcTOoN BAKER. 


Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the 
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October). 


REPRINTS are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or 
attached to first page of manuscript. 


4 pp. Spp. 16 pp. 


Giitenpicn tee Fo $3.70 5.40 7.60 
OW neato ee lk 4.10 6.00 8.50 
AGGitional 1008 ceececcunnneennen 75) @B0~ 4:80 


Covers: 50 for $2.50; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred. 
Plates (pasted in): 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100. 


THE NAUTILUS is the official organ of the American Malacological Union. 
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. 
Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 


EXCHANGE NOTICES 


For ExcHANGE: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including 
three of the rare solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus, 
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus. 
Send your list to 

PauL P. McGinty, 9010 Dexter Bl’d, Detroit, Mich. 


WANTED: Back Volumes and Numbers of THE Nautitus. Especially Vols. 
3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address 
Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania. 


WANTED: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection. 
Pror. C. M. STEENBERG, University of Copenhagen, 
Norregade 10, Denmark 


For EXCHANGE: Cuban shells (land, f.w. and marine) for species new to 
me. Please send full list of duplicates when writing. 


MIGUEL L. JAUME, Calle 6 No. 24%4, Vedado-Habana, Cuba. 


WANTED: Specimens with the animal of Menetus dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or 
varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona, 
Mexico, and South America. 

F. C. Baker, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois, 
Urbana, Il. 
(Continued on p. iii) 


THE NAUTILUS iii 


For ExcHANGE: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and 
tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to: 
J. L. Stamp, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France. 
For ExcHANGE: Southern California shells. Please send list of duplicates 
when writing. W.G. Lehmann, 
Box 222, Corona del Mar, California, U. S. A. 
A Million of Pacific Coast shells for exchange. 
Aldrich Museum, Balboa, Cal. 


WANTED TO PURCHASE 


Private Collections of Recent Mollusca, that are of a scientific nature, 
with full and definite localities. Will also purchase entire collections of 
duplicates, where of fine quality and from localities that would be of value 
in making exchanges. My exchange list covers some four thousand species, 
land, fresh water, and marine from all parts of the world. 


WALTER F. WEBB, 
202 Westminster Road, Rochester, N. Y. 


FOR SALE 


Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the 
Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener, 
Semper’s work on Philippine Shells, Mollusea of Mexico and Central America 
and a hundred other vols. as well as several hundred authors separates, some 
in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants. 


WALTER F. WEBB 
Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida 


TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS: 


If you will send to me a Johnson check list with the specimens you espe- 
cially desire checked off, or indicated, I will place your name on my ‘‘serve 
in proper turn list.’’? This will fix matters so that you may secure some 
of the more rare species being turned up from time to time by The Frank 
Lyman Family. Your check list will be promptly returned. Fifty per 
cent discount is allowed to all Public Museums. No exchanges are made. 
All specimens sent on approval. If your wants are few a letter stating 
species desired will serve as well as a check list. Write today. 


FRANK B. LYMAN, 
Lantana, Florida 


SPECIALIZING 


On rare Florida sea shells. Public Museums allowed special discounts. 
All collectors and museums furnished with the very rare specimens in their 
proper turn as they appear on my lists for certain species. Write now. 

FRANK B. LYMAN, 
Lantana, Florida 


iv THE NAUTILUS 


EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS 


Descriptions of shore mollusks occurring from Maine to Texas together 
with figures of practically every species including many from off shore sta- 
tions. More than a thousand illustrations, including photographs and draw- 
ings. 

Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled 
in order of receipt. Address the author: 


MAXWELL SMITH, 
Lantana, Florida 


THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY 


The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph 
of the Pupillidae and their allies. 


Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume. 
Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00. 


Department of Mollusca, 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 


The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence 


Business established by Sowerby in 1861 
SALE PURCHASE EXCHANGE 
Good Adult Specimens Correctly Labelled at Moderate Prices 
Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for 
Reference and as Check-Lists. 


HUGH .C) BULEON 


(Late SOWERBY & FULTON) 
27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England 


A General Index to THE NAUTILUS 


This Index, begun by the late John B. Henderson, was completed by 
Wm. H. Dall. Its publication has been made possible through Drs. Bryant 
Walker and Geo. H. Clapp. It covers 34 volumes, and contains over 400 
pages. Price $5.00. Address all orders to 


THE NAUTILUS 


HORACE B. BAKER, Zool. Lab., University of Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 


Vol. 51 JANUARY, 19388 No. 3 


THE 


NAUTILUS 


A QUARTERLY 
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS 


EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS: 
HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca, : 
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia ht 


H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology, 
University of Pennsylvania 


CONTENTS 
Review of Florida Chamidae. By H. A. Pilsbry and Tom 
NRO AAT AM aod ieee he TERE EI ACNeia A, Nias « 0s <A AIR i ce (ie: 
Three New Subspecies of Helminthoglypta Arrosa (Gould). 
ee CATE I aS TLS del cok scala Ae Aa oan te ede ae cin eco ris 79 
Nomenclature of Onchidiidae. By H. Burrington Baker ........ 85 


Further Notes upon Tertiary and Recent Mollusks from 
Florida, with Descriptions of New Species. By Maxwell 
FOOTE OSS ACROSEE ee OL By 8c SEA RoR SE, Nea ARR etree LLU eV ee 88 


Notes on ‘‘American Conchology’’ by Thomas Say, with 
Special Reference to the Seventh Part, Edited by T. A. 
AD YET a Ey CEI ETS WELL OT cr ooctnsass oc oeonctenstrentasapeciaractseieesilic 91 
sumius Henderson. By 2. De A. Cocker ccc ccccccccscostecstscscsnriene OT 
Extended Ranges of Seventy-Five Species of North Pacific 


Shelis Collected by Walter J. Eyerdam and Ingvard 
Norberg. By Welter oS. Byer ne: ocecsscctsscsssccscssctsiensasseossessensenscte 100 


BOE ie ae Tg RO WOE te WR SAR DADE D Gi SPA RIAA al |All Be eR 104 


$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy 


HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager 


Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, 
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 


Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932. at the Post Office at Phila- 
delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


li THE NAUTILUS 


THE NAUTILUS: 


A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub- 
lished by HENRY A. PiusBry and H. BurriInGTon BAKER. 

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the 
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October). 
Typescript should be double spaced. 

REPRINTS are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or 
attached to first page of manuscript. 


4pp. S8pp. 16 pp. 


BOLO acs scsececscscacecennctevnovnnres $3.70 5.40 7.60 
UCOTO) et) 03 (eee ere 4.10 6.00 8.50 
AAU OMAL LOOK 5a ceescscneesesccroeneoon 75 1.20 1.80 


Covers: 50 for $2.50; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred. 
Plates (pasted in): 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100. 


THE NAUTILUS is the official organ of the American Malacological Union. 
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. 
Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 


EXCHANGE NOTICES 


For ExcHanceE: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguwus) including 
three of the rare solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus, 
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus. 


Send your list to 
Pauu P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida. 


WANTED: Back Volumes and Numbers of THE NavuTiuus. Especially Vols. 
3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address 
Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania. 


WANTED: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection. 


Pror. C. M. STEENBERG, University of Copenhagen, 
Norregade 10, Denmark 


For EXCHANGE: Key West and lower Florida Keys marine and land shells. 
Mrs. Mario V. CALLegJA, 1117 Fleming Street, 
Key West, Fla. 


WANTED: Specimens with the animal of Menetus dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or 
varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona, 
Mexico, and South America. 


F. C. BAKER, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois, 
Urbana, Iil. 


(Continued on p. tii) 


i 


THE NAUTILUS ili 


For EXCHANGE: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and 
tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to: 
J. L. StaEp, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France. 
West Coast Shells for sale or exchange. My list sent on request. 
Tom Burcu, 1611 South Elena Avenue, 
Redondo Beach, California 


WANTED TO PURCHASE 


Private Collections of Recent Mollusca, that are of a scientific nature, 
with full and definite localities. Will also purchase entire collections of 
duplicates, where of fine quality and from localities that would be of value 
in making exchanges. My exchange list covers some four thousand species, 
land, fresh water, and marine from all parts of the world. 


WALTER F. WEBB, 
202 Westminster Road, Rochester, N. Y. 


FOR SALE 


Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the 
Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener, 
Semper’s work on Philippine Shells, Mollusca of Mexico and Central America 
and a hundred other vols. as well as several hundred authors separates, some 
in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants. 


WALTER F. WEBB 
Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida 


TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS: 


If you will send to me a Johnson check list with the specimens you espe- 
cially desire checked off, or indicated, I will place your name on my ‘‘serve 
in proper turn list.’’ This will fix matters so that you may secure some 
of the more rare species being turned up from time to time by The Frank 
Lyman Family. Your check list will be promptly returned. Fifty per 
cent discount is allowed to all Public Museums. No exchanges are made. 
All specimens sent on approval. If your wants are few a letter stating 
species desired will serve as well as a check list. Write today. 


FRANK B. LYMAN, 
Lantana, Florida 


SPECIALIZING 


On rare Florida sea shells. Public Museums allowed special discounts. 
All collectors and museums furnished with the very rare specimens in their 
proper turn as they appear on my lists for certain species. Write now. 

FRANK B. LYMAN, 
Lantana, Florida 


lv THE NAUTILUS 


EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS 


Descriptions of shore mollusks occurring from Maine to Texas together 
with figures of practically every species including many from off shore sta- 
tions. More than a thousand illustrations, including photographs and draw- 


ings. 
Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled 
in order of receipt. Address the author: 


MAXWELL SMITH, 
Lantana, Florida 


THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY 


The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph 
of the Pupillidae and their allies. 


Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume. 
Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00. 


Department of Mollusca, 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 


The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence 


Business established by Sowerby in 1861 
SALE PURCHASE EXCHANGE 
Good Adult Specimens Correctly Labelled at Moderate Prices 
Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for 
Reference and as Check-Lists. 


HUGH C. FULTON 


(Late SOWERBY & FULTON) 
27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England 


A General Index to THE NAUTILUS 


This Index, begun by the late John B. Henderson, was completed by 
Wm. H. Dall. Its publication has been made possible through Drs. Bryant 
Walker and Geo. H. Clapp. It covers 34 volumes, and contains over 400 
pages. Price $5.00. Address all orders to 


THE NAUTILUS 


HORACE B. BAKER, Zool. Lab., University of Pennsylvania, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 


Vol. 51 APRIL, 1938 No. 4 


Abbe 


NAUTILUS 


A QUARTERLY 
DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS 


EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS: 


HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca, 
Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia 


H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology, 
University of Pennsylvania 


CONTENTS 


A New Species of Oliva from Santa Domingo, with Notes on 
other Marine Forms. By William J. Clench cccccccccccccoscs 109 

A New Subspecies of Solaropsis Gibboni from Brazil. By 
Joseph Bequaert ard W. J. Clenenr ..cceeccscecsscsessscesssssnteesssssnsnssrsees 115 


On the History and Status of Lora Gistel. By H. A. Pilsbry 115 
Pecten Pugetensis at Newport Bay, California. -By Wendell 
RGAE toe ah ten ear nt al ae Ly ARE CD) eM 118 
A Giant Race of Helminthoglypta from Tulare Co., Cali- 
fornia. By Clifford C. Church and Allyn G. Smith ........ 119 
Extended Ranges of North Pacific Shells. By Walter J. 
LAE UE Se RTGS 0 a en CRO Een CRN A en en 122 
New Land and Freshwater Mollusca from the Upper Pliocene 
of Kansas and a New Species of Gyraulus from Early 
Pleistocene Strata. By Frank C. Baker occcccecsccscssesocssnesoee 126 
A New Anguispira from Kentucky. By Leslie Hubricht ....... 13h 
On the Occurrence of Helix Lactea Muller in North America. 


Byenty Via Der Sewmalse 0. es ie ne EM eects 132 
Remarks on Some of Dr. Paul Bartsch’s Experiments. By 

ENC EON LIMITS CHUTE Ew Lie Ml ee A de 134 
A New Species of Polygyra from the Great Smoky Moun- 

tains, North Carolina. By Allan BF. Archer ou... ecco 135 
Notes on Hygromia Striolata (Pfr.) at Toronto, Canada. 

THE ULOTST TTL ne ERECT RSET A 137 
Additional Data on Copies of Say’s American Conchology. 

DL TEL a AIT D EEE MnO Aa ant RD tN 140 
PONT ATR RRP NTC A SE ed saa ee eae ancayataitcaseaareslgg aulate 141 
1 aioy J eps tacos 1S eee RS aN ate ep ta A cr ee 142 
ay REE FD Ea eh RR a SON. NS cr re 143 


$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy 


HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager 


Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, 
38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 


BEntered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932. at the Post Office at Phila- 
delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879. 


il THE NAUTILUS 


THE NAUTILUS: 


A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub- 
lished by Henry A. PiusBry and H. BurrincTon BAKER. 

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the 
month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October). 
Typescript should be double spaced. 

REPRINTS are furnished at printer’s rates. Orders should be written on or 
attached to first page of manuscript. 


4 pp. Spp. 16 pp. 


LF] 1) oO) 0545.20 cs fe $3.70 5.40 7.60 
BOYD ay ins eee le ae 4.10 6.00 8.50 
MAGE TEDW LQ, cast secncnctcsnsnscvcree 75 1.20 1.80 


Covers: 50 for $2.50; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred. 
Plates (pasted in): 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100. 


THE NAvTILUS is the official organ of the American Malacological Union. 
Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs. 
Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science, 
Buffalo, N. Y. 


EXCHANGE NOTICES 


For ExcHANGE: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Ligwus) including 
three of the rare solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus, 
Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus. 
Send your list to 

Pau P. McGinty, Boynton, Florida. 


WANTED: Back Volumes and Numbers of THE NavutTiuus. Especially Vols. 
3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address 
Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania. 


WANTED: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection. 
Pror. C. M. STEENBERG, University of Copenhagen, 
Norregade 10, Denmark 


For EXcHANGE: Key West and lower Florida Keys marine and land shells. 
Mrs. Mario V. CAuLesA, 1117 Fleming Street, 
Key West, Fla. 


ExcHaNnce Notice: I exchange European land and freshwater shells and 
from the territory of Poland for oversea specimens. I exchange always 
very good samples and I can supply the collection of the Polish forms 
of land and freshwater mollusks. 


ADOLF SitscH, Radomyil nad Sanem, Lubelska 35, Poland. 


(Continued on p. iit) 


THE NAUTILUS iii 


For ExcHance: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and 
tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to: 
J. L. StTaED, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France. 


West Coast Shells for sale or exchange. My list sent on request. 
Tom Burcu, 1611 South Elena Avenue, 
Redondo Beach, California 


HANDBOOK FOR SHELL COLLECTORS 


2,200 illustrations and descriptions, prices they are usually sold for and much 
other valuable matter. How to properly clean shells, approximate number of 
species under the genera treated. Price $2.50 prepaid. Also a special U.S.A. 
book covering marine shells on both coasts, some land shells, invertebrates, 
ete., paper bound only $1.00. 

I have 25,000 species of shells in stock properly classified and sold for the 
most reasonable prices. Boxes on approval and selection as often as you wish. 
Shells have been my hobby since 1893 and I expect I have followed it farther 
and spent more real cash on them than any one now living in this country. 
Let me hear from you if you mean business. 


Walter F. Webb 
202 Westminster Road Rochester, N. Y. 


FOR SALE 


Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the 
Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener, 
Semper’s work on Philippine Shells, Mollusca of Mexico and Central America 
and a hundred other vols. as well as several hundred authors separates, some 
in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants. 


WALTER F. WEBB 
Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida 


TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS: 


If you will send to me a Johnson check list with the specimens you espe- 
cially desire checked off, or indicated, I will place your name on my ‘‘serve 
in proper turn list.’? This will fix matters so that you may secure some 
of the more rare species being turned up from time to time by The Frank 
Lyman Family. Your check list will be promptly returned. Fifty per 
cent discount is allowed to all Public Museums. No exchanges are made. 
All specimens sent on approval. If your wants are few a letter stating 
species desired will serve as well as a check list. Write today. 


FRANK B. LYMAN, 
Lantana, Florida 


SPECIALIZING 


On rare Florida sea shells. Public Museums allowed special discounts. 
All collectors and museums furnished with the very rare specimens in their 
proper turn as they appear on my lists for certain species. Write now. 

FRANK B. LYMAN, 
Lantana, Florida 


iv THE NAUTILUS 


EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS 


Descriptions of shore mollusks occurring from Maine to Texas together 
with figures of practically every species including many from off shore sta- 
tions. More than a thousand illustrations, including photographs and draw- 
ings. 

Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled 
in order of receipt. Address the author: 


MAXWELL SMITH, 
Lantana, Florida 


THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY 


The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph 
of the Pupillidae and their allies. 


Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume. 
Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00. 


Department of Mollusca, 


ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 


The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence 


Business established by Sowerby in 1861 
SALE PURCHASE EXCHANGE 


Good Adult Specimens Correctly Labelled at Moderate Prices 
Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for 
Reference and as Check-Lists. 


HUGH C. FULTON 


(Late SOWERBY & FULTON) 
27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England 


FLORIDA TREE SHELLS 


FOR SALE—Collection of the late Charles A. Mosier. More than 17,000 
Florida tree snails of the genus Liguus. Collected from 1911-1936, this collec- 
tion cannot be duplicated. Many species extinct, many localities burned over 
or destroyed. Many others where most beautiful species found are being quickly 
wiped out by ardent collectors. 

Contains many rare shells, including most known species and color forms of 
Florida Liguus and one undescribed species. Shells in beautiful condition with 
accurate localities and dates. Collection may be split equally in two parts as 
to species and localities, provided buyer found for both. 

If interested write 


W. Donald Thomas care of Mrs. Charles Mosier 
3902 NW 3rd Ave., Miami, Fla. 


La ee 


ee 


Sa RRR é en “His pic tick hat da haeiptpaime sdb ta